TW490299B - Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same - Google Patents

Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW490299B
TW490299B TW89105863A TW89105863A TW490299B TW 490299 B TW490299 B TW 490299B TW 89105863 A TW89105863 A TW 89105863A TW 89105863 A TW89105863 A TW 89105863A TW 490299 B TW490299 B TW 490299B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
tube
rotation
vacuum cleaner
axis
suction mouth
Prior art date
Application number
TW89105863A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Atsuhiko Urushibara
Takeshi Hoshino
Masaru Oda
Masaro Sunakawa
Atsushi Yamaguchi
Original Assignee
Hitachi Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP14137697A external-priority patent/JP3868577B2/en
Priority claimed from JP09199686A external-priority patent/JP3135870B2/en
Priority claimed from JP9232128A external-priority patent/JPH1156720A/en
Application filed by Hitachi Ltd filed Critical Hitachi Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW490299B publication Critical patent/TW490299B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Nozzles For Electric Vacuum Cleaners (AREA)
  • Electric Vacuum Cleaner (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention comprises the vacuum cleaner body 100, the flexible hose 200, the handle 300, the extension pipe 400, and the suction nozzle 550, and the suction nozzle 550 comprises the suction nozzle main body 1000 and the coupling 1530, and the coupling 1530 is provided with the first rotating shaft 1533 in the X direction for rotating the suction nozzle 550 in parallel with the floor and the second rotating shaft 1535 in the Y-axis direction, and the suction nozzle main body 1000 is rotated on the floor by the twist operation of the handle 300.

Description

490299 A7 一 _ B7 五、發明說明(1 ) 發明背景 (發明領域) 本發明係關於具有吸嘴之真空吸塵器,使用者可藉由 操作把手而輕易的操控吸嘴之角度。 (習知技巧) 一般而言,使用真空吸塵器之吸嘴包含一刷埠容納一 轉動刷和一萬用耦合件由吸塵器本體連接至延伸管。習知 的萬用耦合件爲平行於轉動刷之轉動軸之刷側轉動軸和垂 直於耦合件且和延伸管軸同軸之延伸管側轉動軸之雙軸構 造。藉此,把手可使用延伸管之管軸(縱向)當成轉動軸 而轉動,和可改變介於吸嘴和延伸管間之角度關係。 前述之習知結構如日本專利申請案5 — 2 4 5 0 7 3 所揭示。 在前述真空吸塵器之吸嘴中,雖然吸嘴之構造可製成 較堅固,吸嘴之操作範圍會受到限制且操作較不平順,因 此在由把手之操控性上會導致一些問題。 發明槪要 本發明之目的乃在提供一種真空吸塵器,其吸嘴主體 可藉由把手之扭轉操作而以廣範圍在地板上轉動。 (解決問題之機構) 爲了完成上述之目的,本發明之真空吸塵器之第一特 本紙張尺度.適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-4 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事 寫本頁)490299 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (1) Background of the invention (Field of invention) The present invention relates to a vacuum cleaner with a suction nozzle. The user can easily control the angle of the suction nozzle by operating the handle. (Known skills) Generally speaking, the nozzle of a vacuum cleaner includes a brush port for accommodating a rotating brush and a universal coupling member connected to the extension pipe from the cleaner body. The conventional universal coupling is a two-axis structure consisting of a brush-side rotation axis parallel to the rotation axis of the rotation brush and an extension tube-side rotation axis perpendicular to the coupling element and coaxial with the extension tube axis. With this, the handle can be rotated using the tube axis (longitudinal) of the extension tube as a rotation axis, and the angular relationship between the nozzle and the extension tube can be changed. The aforementioned conventional structure is disclosed in Japanese Patent Application No. 5-2 4 5 0 7 3. In the aforementioned vacuum cleaner nozzle, although the structure of the nozzle can be made stronger, the operation range of the nozzle is limited and the operation is not smooth, so it causes some problems in the handleability of the handle. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The object of the present invention is to provide a vacuum cleaner whose nozzle body can be rotated on a floor in a wide range by twisting the handle. (Mechanism for solving problems) In order to accomplish the above-mentioned purpose, the first special paper size of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -4 (Notes written on this page)

I 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(?) 徵點在於該真空吸麈器包含一真空吸塵器本體,一彈性管 ,一把手,一延伸管,和一吸嘴,且該吸嘴包含一吸取單 元用以吸取灰塵和一萬用耦合件用以連接吸取單元至延伸 管以轉動和連接吸嘴之灰塵路徑至延伸管,和萬用耦合件 爲平行於轉動刷之轉動軸之刷側轉動軸和垂直於刷側轉動 軸fc延伸管側轉動軸之延伸管側轉動軸之雙軸構造。亦即 ,本發明之吸嘴具有第一轉動軸在X方向以轉動吸嘴平行 於地板,和第二轉動軸在Y方向用以改變介於吸嘴和具有 把手之延伸管間之角度,和該吸嘴主體以把手之扭曲操作 而相對於地板轉動。 依照本發明,吸嘴主體可藉由把手之扭曲操作而在地 板上之廣範圍轉動,因此,使用者可以舒服之位置操作吸 嘴,如此可改善操控性和吸塵性。特別的,本發明可極平 順的執行用以前後移動吸嘴在刷之轉動軸之方向中(在吸 嘴之縱向上)沿壁或家倶之垂直表面之操作。爲了使在縱 向上之吸嘴之操作更平順,本發明之第二特徵爲真空吸塵 器具有一吸嘴主體,其具有一入口在底部,和一萬用耦合 件,其可自由的轉動以用於吸嘴主體和具有連接至入口之 吸取路徑,和依據萬用耦合件之操作而突出於吸嘴主體之 下方之一輪乃安裝在吸嘴主體之下方。 亦即,由於安裝依據萬用耦合件之操作而突出於吸嘴 主體之下方之一輪,可改善在吸塵時之操控性。例如,藉 由設定突出輪之在橫向上之轉動方向爲在吸嘴之前進方向 ,可改善在橫向上之移動吸嘴之操作性。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐)-5- (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) --裝 · 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 __________ 五、發明說明(3 ) 本發明之前述第一特徵可有效的改善使用於真空吸塵 器之吸嘴之包裝和其包裝方法。 依照本發明之第一特徵,一真空吸塵器可受到包裝以 使真空吸塵器具有一吸嘴,其具有一入口在底部,和一萬 用耦合件,其可自由的轉動以用於吸嘴主體和具有連接至 入口之吸取路徑,和萬用耦合件以幾乎平行於吸嘴主體之 縱向移動。 依照本發明,一真空吸塵器可受到包裝以使吸嘴之萬 用耦合件以幾乎平行於吸嘴主體之縱向移動,因此,在包 裝狀態中之吸嘴之體積可受控制成較小且包裝盒可製成較I Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (?) The point is that the vacuum cleaner includes a vacuum cleaner body, an elastic tube, a handle, an extension tube, and a nozzle, And the suction nozzle includes a suction unit for sucking dust and a universal coupling for connecting the suction unit to the extension tube to rotate and connect the dust path of the suction nozzle to the extension tube, and the universal coupling is parallel to the rotating brush. The biaxial structure of the brush-side rotary shaft of the rotary shaft and the extension-tube-side rotary shaft extending perpendicular to the brush-side rotary shaft fc extends the pipe-side rotary shaft. That is, the nozzle of the present invention has a first rotation axis in the X direction to rotate the nozzle parallel to the floor, and a second rotation axis in the Y direction to change the angle between the nozzle and the extension tube with a handle, and The nozzle body is rotated relative to the floor by twisting the handle. According to the present invention, the main body of the nozzle can be rotated in a wide range on the floor by the twisting operation of the handle. Therefore, the user can operate the nozzle in a comfortable position, which can improve the controllability and the dust absorption. In particular, the present invention can be performed extremely smoothly to move the nozzle forward and backward in the direction of the brush's rotation axis (in the longitudinal direction of the nozzle) along the vertical surface of the wall or furniture. In order to make the operation of the nozzle in the longitudinal direction smoother, the second feature of the present invention is that the vacuum cleaner has a nozzle body which has an inlet at the bottom and a universal coupling which can be freely rotated for The nozzle body and a wheel having a suction path connected to the inlet, and a wheel protruding below the nozzle body according to the operation of the universal coupling are installed below the nozzle body. That is, the installation of a wheel protruding below the main body of the nozzle according to the operation of the universal coupling can improve the maneuverability during vacuuming. For example, by setting the rotation direction of the protruding wheel in the lateral direction to the advance direction of the nozzle, the operability of moving the nozzle in the lateral direction can be improved. This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm) -5- (Please read the note on the back to write this page first) 5. Description of the invention (3) The aforementioned first feature of the present invention can effectively improve the packaging of a nozzle used in a vacuum cleaner and a packaging method thereof. According to a first feature of the invention, a vacuum cleaner may be packaged so that the vacuum cleaner has a nozzle having an inlet at the bottom, and a universal coupling member which is freely rotatable for a nozzle body and having The suction path connected to the inlet and the universal coupling move in a longitudinal direction almost parallel to the nozzle body. According to the present invention, a vacuum cleaner can be packaged so that the universal coupling of the nozzle can be moved almost parallel to the longitudinal direction of the nozzle body. Therefore, the volume of the nozzle in the packaged state can be controlled to be made smaller and the packaging box Can be made into

If II «%— — — — — — — — — ·祖 I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) · (本發明之效果) 如上所述,依照本發明,安裝在吸嘴主體底部之刷構 件乃構造成突出於輪之下方,因此可防止接附至吸嘴主體 底部之輪免於磨損和改善輪之壽命。 由下述之實施例之說明和參考伴隨之附圖可更加瞭解 本發明之前述和其它目的和特徵。 圖示簡單說明 圖1爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之真空吸塵器之 外觀之立體圖。 圖2爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之吸嘴之部份示 意圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(4 ) 圖3爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之吸嘴之平面安 排構造之橫截面圖。 圖4爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之吸嘴之側面安 排構造之橫截面圖。 圖5爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之吸嘴之側面安 排構造之橫截面圖。 圖6爲本發明之真空吸麈器之實施例之吸嘴之外觀之 立體圖。 圖7爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之吸嘴之底面圖 圖8爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之前面之上蓋之 安裝和拆卸機構圖。 圖9爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之滑動構件之主 要部份之橫截面圖。 圖10爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之移動輪之機 構圖。 圖1 1爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之滑動構件之 主要部份之橫截面圖。 圖12爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之第一轉動軸 之鎖之機構圖。 圖1 3爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之第一實施例 之另一應用例之構造圖。 圖14爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之第二轉動軸 之鎖之機構圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) -7- (請先閱讀背面之注意事 雨 寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印?衣 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(5 ) 圖15爲本發明之真空吸麈器之實施例之容納狀態圖 〇 圖1 6爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之容納狀態圖 0 圖1 7爲本發明之真空吸塵器之實施例之吸嘴之操作 原遙圖。 圖1 8爲本發明之真空吸塵器之第二實施例之吸嘴之 橫截面圖。 .圖1 9爲本發明之真空吸塵器之第二實施例之吸嘴之 操作原理圖。 圖2 0爲在本發明之第二實施例中之吸嘴2 0 5之上 橫截面圖。 圖2 1爲圖2 0中之A — A部份之橫截面圖。 圖2 2爲吸嘴之入口蓋移去之狀態之頂視圖。 圖2 3爲圖2 0所示之吸嘴之後視圖。 圖2 4爲吸嘴之頂視圖。 圖2 5爲吸嘴之底視圖。 圖2 6爲吸嘴之前視圖。 圖2 7爲吸嘴之入口蓋1 〇 7之後視圖° 圖2 8爲圖2 2所示之吸嘴之C — C部份之橫截面圖 〇 圖2 9爲圖2 2所示之吸嘴之C — C部份之橫截面圖 〇 圖3 0爲出口耦合件之破裂橫截面圖。 ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱)-8- (請先閱讀背面之注意事 寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 __ B7 五、發明說明(6 ) 圖3 1爲殼之破裂圖。 圖3 2爲圖2 8之C 一 C部份之橫截面圖。 4- I — J— — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 匱13 3爲吸震減震塊之橫截面圖。 匱134爲吸震減震塊之橫截面圖。 圖3 5爲出口耦合件之底視圖。 圖3 6爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之外.觀之 立體圖。 圖3 7爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之包裝狀 況之立體圖。 圖3 8爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之包裝方 法之立體圖。 圖3 9爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之吸嘴之 _LL體圖。 線· 圖4 0爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之吸嘴之 立體圖。 圖4 1爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之吸嘴之 包裝狀況之立體圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 圖4 2爲本發明之第二實施例之真空吸塵器之吸嘴之 包裝狀況之立體圖。 圖4 3爲本發明之噪音量測結果之特性圖。 主要元件對照表 1 真空吸塵器 100 真空吸塵器本體 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 9 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(7 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 2 0 0 彈性管 3 0 0 把手 4 0 0 延伸管 5 5 0 吸嘴 1 0 1 輪 3 0 1 柄 3 0 2 操作單元 3 0 3 紅外線產 生 器 4 0 1 管 4 0 2 管 1 0 0 0 吸嘴主體 1 〇 1 0 入口 1 5 3 0 耦[合件 1 0 1 1 轉動刷 1 5 3 1 耦合管 1 5 3 2 耦合管 1 0 3 3 減震器 1 1 0 0 滑動構件 1 3 0 0 灰塵引導 機 構 1 0 0 1 下盒 1 0 0 3 下盒 1 0 0 4 分隔壁 1 0 0 5 吸取室 1 0 2 自位輪 T---;---------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 訂: --線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -10- 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(8 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1 0 0 6 安 裝 部份 1 0 0 7 通 氣 路徑 1 0 3 0 缺 □ 部份 1 0 3 1 刖 上 蓋安裝部份 1 0 3 7 安 裝 肋 1 '0 2 2 開 關 桿 1 0 1 2 渦 輪 1 0 1 3 轉 動 軸 1 0 1 4 軸 承 1 0 3 2 缺 □ 1 0 1 6 通 氣 P 1 0 1 5 開 □ 1 0 1 7 觀 察 窗 1 5 3 3 第 —^ 轉動軸 1 5 5 3 a 轉 動 軸 1 5 3 3 b 轉 動 軸承 1 5 3 4 鎖 環 1 5 3 5 第 二 轉動軸 1 5 0 3 轉 動 軸 1 0 1 9 軸 承 1 5 0 7 耦 合 件 1 5 3 7 快 門 機構 1 5 3 8 a 快 門 1 5 3 8 b 快 門 <請先閱讀背面之注意事 Μ 寫本頁) 裝 -CD · .緯. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -11 - 490299 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(9 10 2 0 110 1 110 2 10 2 1 10 3 4 10 3 5 110 3 10 0 2 10 3 6 10 16a 10 2 3 12 6 1 12 6 2 12 6 4 13 5 5 15 4 0 15 4 1 12 6 6 12 6 5 12 6 7 12 6 8 15 3 9 12 0 0 12 10 厚部份 刷 刷台 凹槽 突起 空間 滾子 前上蓋 缺口 細縫部份 操控凹陷 前輪 後輪 移動輪 第二轉動軸 突起 開口 輪基礎 轉動軸 輪 彈簧體 滑路 輪 滑動構件 T---:---------絮--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) · -·鳑· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -12- 490299 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(1〇 ) 12 6 3 13 0 1 13 0 0 13 0 2 13 11 13 10 13 12 15 16 15 4 3 1 5 4 2 a 1 5 4 2 b 15 4 4 1 5 4 5 a 1 5 4 5 b 15 4 9 15 5 2 15 5 1 1 5 4 9 a 1 5 4 9 b 15 5 3 15 5 4 15 3 9 10 3 8 10 18 最後輪 壓控板 灰塵引導機構 平面部份 刷條 刷束 流動路徑 鎖機構 凹槽 滑路 滑路 安裝部份 突起 凹陷 可移動固定螺釘 開口窗 凹陷 弧形部份 -Jr- 本體 鎖機構 突起 滑路 凹陷 軸承 (請先閱讀背面之注意事 播 寫本·!) --裝 --線* 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-13- 490299 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明(11 ) 1 5 6 4 * S 2 0 1 S 2 0 2 S 2 0 3 S 2 0 4 s έ 0 5 S 2 0 6 S 2 0 7 S 2 0 8 S 2 0 9 S 2 1 0 S 1 〇 1 S 1 1 5 S 1 〇 3 S 1 0 4 可移動輪 吸塵器本體 管 管基台 延伸管 吸嘴 開關操作單元 第一紅外線發射器 第二紅外線發射器 紅外線接收器 天花板 吸嘴主體 入口 耦合件 殼 請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 4 暑裝 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 S 1 0 7 入 □ 蓋 S 1 0 9 上 殼 S 1 0 2 下 殼 S 1 0 6 吸 震 減 震器 S 1 6 0 1 微 小 突 起 S 1 5 2 突 起形 成部份 S 1 3 5 配合 突 起 S 1 3 3 開 關 桿 S 1 3 4 把 手 突 起 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -14 · 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(12 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 S 1 2 1 後 入 氣 P S 1 2 2 上 入 氣 □ S 1 0 4 殼 S 1 0 5 出 □ 開 □ S 1 4 5 殼 圓 筒 S 1 4 6 出 □ 親 合 圓筒 S 1 3 8 垂 直 轉 動 軸 S 2 0 0 1 片 蓋 S 2 0 0 3 片 蓋 S 2 0 0 2 基 台 S 2 0 0 4 基 台 S 1 4 7 上 凸 緣 S 1 4 8 下 凸 緣 S 1 4 9 阻 止 器 開 □ S 1 4 4 阻 止 器 凹 槽 S 1 3 7 阻 止 器 S 1 6 0 調 整 突 起 S 1 6 1 =田 整 凹 槽 S 1 6 2 棘 輪 突 起 S 1 6 3 棘 輪 凹 槽 S 1 6 4 殼 體 S 1 6 5 殼 片 S 1 6 6 出 □ 耦 合 體 S 1 6 9 開 □ 請先閱讀背面之注意事 寫本頁) 裝 i線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐)-15- 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(13 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 S 1 6 8 內 耦合蓋 S 1 6 7 親 合蓋 S 1 7 1 轉 動圓筒 S 1 7 2 轉 動軸承 S 1 7 3 轉 動軸承 S 1 3 0 壓 控板 S 1 3 1 壓 控板 S 1 2 5 刖 輪 S 1 2 0 輪 台 S 1 3 2 滾 子 S 1 7 5 彈 簧 S 1 7 0 水平轉動軸 S 1 7 6 击A m 移動突起 S 1 4 0 不 均勻部份 S 1 7 6 耙刷 S 1 5 0 凹 陷 S 1 5 1 凹 陷 S 1 1 0 轉 動刷 S 1 0 8 擺 動蓋 S 1 1 1 渦 輪 較佳實施例之詳細說明 第一實施例 圖1至1 7本發明之真空吸塵器之第一實施例。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-16- T---V-----I---裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) i - --綿- 490299 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明(14 ) 首先參考圖1之真空吸塵器之外觀之立體圖說明此實 施例之輪廓。 在圖1中,數字1綜合的表示一真空吸塵器,包含一 真空吸塵器本體1 0 0具有一風扇(未顯示)以吸麈;一 彈性管2 0 0 ,其一端接附至連接風扇之真空吸麈器本體 U00; —把手300接附至彈性管200之另一端且連 接至風扇;一延伸管4 0 0接附至把手3 0 0並連接至彈 性管200;和一吸嘴550接附至延伸管400且連接 至延.伸管4 0 0。 真空吸塵器本體1 0 0具有一灰塵收集室,其內部具 有丟棄式灰塵收集袋,和可以一對輪101和一自位輪 1 0 2經由彈性管2 0 0移動。真空吸塵器本體1 0 0之 操作控制乃藉由以安裝在真空吸塵器本體1 0 0頂部之操 作指示器內側之紅外線接收器接收由把手3 0 0傳輸而來 之操作訊號而執行。 彈性管2 0 0具有當成傳送灰塵至真空吸塵器本體之 傳送路徑之功能和當成用以移動真空吸塵器本體1 0 0之 移動和牽引機構之功能。 把手3 0 0具有用以互相連接彈性管2 0 0和延伸管 4 0 0之功能,用以控制真空吸塵器本體1 0 0並操作真 空吸塵器本體之功能,和用以操作吸嘴5 5 0之動作之功 能。把手3 0 0連接至彈性管2 0 0以以移動狀態固定和 接附至延伸管4 0 0 ,因此,彈性管2 0 0和延伸管 400互相連接以形成一灰塵傳送路徑。再者,把手 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-17 - .T---;---------裝·! {請先閱讀背面之注意事^^^寫本頁) · --鳑· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(15 ) I — J— — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 300具有一柄301,其與在縱向之延伸管400之頂 端上之延伸管4 0 0之中央軸B 2成約1 1 0度之角度, 亦即,在中央軸B 2之延伸線上在縱向幾乎和彈性管 2 0 0和延伸管4 0 0連接方向一致之位置上。藉由此柄 ,真空吸塵器本體1 〇 〇可經由彈性管2 0 0而移動,且 可進一步操作吸嘴5 5 0。特別的,藉由柄3 0 1,扭轉 操作,亦即,繞著中央軸B2之轉動P1可輕易的執行。 在此例中,柄301安裝在頂部,因此安裝在下方之彈性 管2 0 0不會干擾扭轉操作。 再者,在柄301附近,安裝有用以操作真空吸塵器 本體1 0 0之動作之操作單元3 0 2。一紅外線產生器 303安裝至操作單元302。 -參 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 由於把手3 0 0和吸嘴5 5 0互相連接和進一步把手 300和吸嘴550固定在預定位置,延伸管400具有 用以傳送把手3 0 0之動作(移動或轉動)當成吸嘴 5 5 0之動作(移動或轉動)之功能。在此實施例中,尺 寸不同之兩管4 0 1和4 0 2結合且彈性的構造以固定在 預定位置,且在可移動狀態時,把手300接附至一端, 而吸嘴5 5 0接附至另一端。 吸嘴5 5 0包含一吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇具有入口(見圖 2 )以在底部吸取灰塵,和連接一耦合件1 5 3 0以使吸 嘴主體1 0 0 0連接至延伸管4 0 0,且吸嘴主體 1 0 0 0操作以使吸嘴主體1 0 〇 〇之底部始終和地板接 觸,以用於經由延伸管4 0 0傳送之把手3 0 0之動作, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-18- 490299 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7_____五、發明說明(16 ) 和由吸嘴主體1 0 0 0吸入包括灰塵之空氣流受引導至延 伸管4 0 0。 吸嘴主體1 000具有入口 10 10 (見圖2)具有 轉動刷1011(見圖2)用以在底部吸取在地板上之灰 塵。耦合件1 5 3 0具有連接之功能以在繞著吸嘴5 5 0 之把手300之高低方向Y和橫向X中轉動,和傳送把手 3 0 0之扭轉操作之轉動P 1至吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇之轉動 P 2。在此實施例中,耦合件1 5 3 0包含一刷側耦合管 1531,其接附至吸嘴主體1〇〇〇以轉動且致能在高 低方向Y之轉動,和一出口耦合件1 5 3 2 ,其一端接附 至延伸管4 0 0,而另一端連接至刷側耦合管1 5 3 4以 致能在橫向X上之轉動。 在此實施例中,雖然後續將詳細說明,吸嘴主體 1 0 0 0乃設定成可在由地板算起在高低方向Y約9 0度 之範圍和在橫向X約3 6 0度之範圍內操作。在考量後述 之容納能力時,高低方向Y之角度可由地板算起超過90 度。如果橫向X之角度約爲1 8 0度時,吸塵性不會受到 阻礙。 ’ 當具有一滑動構件i i 〇 〇之減震器1 〇 3 3安裝在 吸嘴主體1 0 0 0附近時,可改善一壁之吸塵性,和在縱 向使吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之動作平順之一輪1 2 0 0安裝在 底部。以下,爲便於說明起見,沿吸嘴主體1000之縱 向之移動方向視爲橫向V 1 ,和垂直於橫向且沿吸嘴主體 1 0 0 0之橫向之移動方向視爲V2。 請先閱讀背面之注意事 寫本頁) 裝 -°· --綉· I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) · 19 · 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(17 ) 再者,灰塵導引機構1 3,0 0 (見圖7 )安裝在裝設 於吸嘴主體1 0 0 〇底部上之入口之前面(介於入口和頂 部間),因此不易收集之壁上之灰塵可有效的吸入。 依照本發明之真空吸塵器1 ,操作訊號經由紅外線訊 號傳送,因此無需對彈性管200接線,且因此彈性管 2 bo之重量可製成較輕。結果,可減輕落在由使用者所 握持之把手上之負擔,和可改善真空吸塵器1 〇 〇之運行 和吸嘴5 5 0之操作。特別的,此實施例之主要特性在於 由使用者對把手3 0 0執行之操作可如同吸嘴5 5 0之動 作平順的進行,因此,經由把手3 3 0之吸嘴5 5 0之操 作,例如把手3 0 0之扭轉操作之轉動P 1 ,可如同吸嘴 550之轉動P2般。 具體而言,當把手300扭轉90° (轉動P1), 吸嘴5 5 0轉動9 0 ° (轉動P 2 )如圖1之虛線所示, 和當把手300如平常般的前後移動時,吸嘴主體 1 0 0 0在縱向V 1上沿一壁前後移動以吸塵靠近壁之地 板。在此例中,吸嘴5 5 0可藉由滑動構件1 1 〇 〇和輪 1200而平順的移動,如此可降低對壁之損害,且進一 步的難以輕易收集之壁上灰塵可有效的以引導機構 1 3 0 0吸取。 以下參考圖3至5根據圖2說明吸嘴5 5 0之構造。 圖2爲吸嘴5 5 0之零件之示意圖,和圖3爲吸嘴5 5 0 之平面安排構造之橫截面圖,和圖4爲側面安排構造之橫 截面圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) -20- ti I —i— — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂. --綠· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(18 ) »*· I I J— — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 首先在圖2中,如上所述,吸嘴5 5 0包含吸嘴主體 1000和耦合件1530。吸嘴主體1〇〇〇包含一下 殼1 0 0 1形成吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之骨架,一前上蓋 1002覆蓋吸嘴主體1000之前面,和一後上蓋 1 0 0 3覆蓋吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之後面。 在下殼1 0 0 1中,前後分割吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇·之分 隔壁100 4後向安裝,和前部份爲吸取室1005,且 安裝部份1 0 0 6之兩側爲通風路徑1 〇 〇 7用以驅動渦 輪(將說明於下)。在分隔壁1 004之中央,形成用以 引導在吸取室1 0 0 5中之灰麈至耦合件1 5 3 0之缺口 部份1030。缺口部份1030形成鐘嘴形,其在吸取 室1 0 5 0之側邊上開口成喇叭形狀,因此包括灰塵之空 氣流可平順的受引導至耦合件1 5 3 0。 ;絲- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 後上蓋1 0 0 3覆蓋耦合件1 5 3 0之安裝部份 1 0 0 6之上部份,和以螺栓(圖中未顯示)固定耦合件 1530至下殼1001。在後上蓋1003之前面之兩 側上,安裝有用以固定前上蓋1 0 0 2之前上蓋安裝部份 1 0 3 1。在前上蓋安裝部份1 0 3 1之後側(圖中之最 內側)上,安裝有一開關桿(見圖8)。再者,前上蓋安 裝部份1 0 3 1受安裝以使後側曝露在吸嘴主體1 0 0 〇 之後和前側形成通風路徑之一部份。前上蓋1 0 0 2覆蓋 吸取室1 0 0 5和通風路徑1 0 0 7之上部份,且和下殼 1 0 0 1 —起構成吸取室和通風路徑,和安裝在前上蓋 1 0 0 2之前面之兩側上之肋(圖中未顯示)乃鉤在下殼 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-21 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(19 ) 1001上,且安裝在後面之兩側上之安裝肋1037 ( 圖中未顯示)乃由前上蓋安裝部份1 〇 3 1之開關桿 1022以可移動方式安裝。 在吸取室1005下方之下殻1〇〇1中,形成一入 口 1 0 1 0和用以耙取灰塵之轉動刷1 〇 1 1安排在入口 1 0 1 0上方之吸取室內。在轉動刷1 〇 1 1中,具有高 灰塵耙取效率之彈性葉片和以尼龍或其它材料製成具有高 擦拭效率之刷乃安排和形成在安裝在轉動蕊心之周邊軸方 向中之凹槽中,且渦輪1012安裝在兩端。 安裝在渦輪1012兩端上之轉動軸1013插入形 成在吸取室1 0 0 5之兩端上之軸承1 0 1 4並由安裝在 前上蓋1 0 0 2內側之軸承(圖中未顯示)所握持,因此 ,轉動刷1 0 1 1和渦輪1 0 1 2乃安排在吸取室 1 0 0 5內側以轉動。缺口 1 0 3 2形成在渦輪1 〇 1 2 後之分隔壁1 0 0 4兩側上,和再者通氣口 1 0 1 6形成 在覆蓋通風路徑1007之前上蓋1002之兩側後,由 通氣口1016吸入之空氣由開口1015經由通風路徑 1007散佈至渦輪1012,且接附至渦輪1012之 轉動刷1 0 1 1轉動。依照此實施例,吸嘴5 5 0以通氣 口 1 0 1 6轉動渦輪和轉動刷1 0 1 1 ,和進一步藉由在 入口1010內產生之轉動流動之多重效果而耙取和收集 在吸塵表面上之灰塵,因此,可顯著的改善灰塵收集效能 〇 在位於轉動刷1 0 1 1上方之前上蓋1 0 0 2之前面 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-22 - ·,I — J------裝·-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂· -·線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 __ B7 五、發明說明(2〇 ) 中央中,安裝有一觀察窗1 〇 1 7。關於觀察窗1 0 1 7 ,可使用可高度阻止破壞之透明塑膠材料,例如丙烯酸樹 脂。在所欲之例中,當觀察窗1〇27之吸取室1005 之內表面受到塗覆UV塗料以降低由轉動刷1〇11發出 之灰塵之破壞,且觀察窗1〇17形成如同一凸透鏡以放 大I和輕易觀察內部時,可由外側看到轉動刷1 〇 1 1之斑 點。由於轉動刷1 0 1 1之操作狀況可經由觀察窗 1 ◦ 1 7而可見的檢查,無法聽到運轉聲音和噪音之耳聾 者仍可知道真空吸塵器1之操作狀況或例如在操作時由混 合外部物質而引起轉動刷1 〇 1 1之停止等問題。因此, 依照此實施例,即使無需要電接線之電顯示,亦可輕易的 檢查操作狀況。 另一方面,耦合件1 5 3 0包含一圓柱刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1和圓柱出口耦合管1 5 3 2。圓柱刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1和圓柱出口耦合管1 5 3 2安排成使當由圖4所 % 示之側方向觀察時,刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之管軸B 1和出 口耦合管1 5 3 2之管軸B 2平行安裝,且出口耦合管 1 5 3 2在上方,而刷側耦合管1 5 3 1在下方,兩耦合 管1 5 3 1和1 5 3 2之一端互相重疊,且在重疊位置上 安裝有第一轉動軸1 5 3 3。第一轉動軸1 5 3 3通過圓 柱耦合管1 5 3 1和1 5 3 2並致使其轉動,亦即,在橫 向X上之轉動。 在此實施例中,第一轉動軸1 5 3 3構造成使管狀突 出之轉動軸1 5 3 3 a安裝在刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之一端 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 23 - 4----.---------裝—— <請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) · --綠· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 490299 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _______B7_____ 五、發明說明(21 ) 上方,和管狀且凹陷之轉動軸承1 5 3 3 b乃安裝在出口 奉禹合管1532之下方,和轉動軸承1533b和轉動軸 1 5 3 3 a安裝以轉動且無氣漏。一鎖環15 3 4安裝在 第一轉動軸1 5 3 3內側,因此第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉 動可固定在一預定位置。 另一方面,在刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之另一端上,安裝 有致能在高低方向Y (圖中之上下方向)轉動之第二轉動 軸1535。在此實施例中,第二轉動軸1535包含形 成在圓柱刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之兩側上之轉動軸1 5 0 3 ,形成在下殼1001之安裝部份1006中之軸承 1018,和形成在後上蓋1003上之軸承1019, 且轉動軸1503安裝在軸承1018和軸承1019間 ,因此耦合件1 5 3 0連接至吸嘴主體1 0 0 0以轉動。 另一方面,在圓柱出口耦合管1 5 3 2之另一端上, 形成有以可移動方式連接至延伸管4 0 0之耦合件 1507。在此實施例中,出口耦合管1532之頂部包 含另一構件之蓋1 5 3 6以改善此設計。一般而言,當塑 膠模製件之厚度不均勻時,由於收縮標示或其它原因而對 設計之破壞會引起一些問題。在此實施例中,如圖4所示 ,刷側耦合管1 5 3 1和出口耦合管1 5 3 2之空氣流動 路徑連續在均勻且緩和之曲線上,因此,包括灰塵之空氣 可流動而無阻力。但是,如果路徑形成在相同的厚度時, 則在第二轉動軸1 5 3 3上之外觀變成不均勻,且會在設 計上產生一些限制。因此,在此實施例中,外觀上特別怪 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) -24· 1« I I J— — — — — — — — — · I I (請先Μ讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂: 练- 9 9 02 49 A7 __________B7_ 五、發明說明(22 ) 異之出口耦合管1 5 3 2之上部份包含另一構件之上蓋 1 5 3 6以改善強度和使熔接和收縮標示不怪異。 在圖4和5之實施例中,在高低方向Y上之第二轉動 軸1 5 3 5之角度設定爲9 0° ,因此即使當圖4所示之 高低方向Y之角度設定爲0°且即使當圖5所示之高低方 向Y之角度設定爲9 0°時,使用快門機構1 5 3 7以使 刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之通風路徑和缺口 1 0 3 0連接在充 分的開口區域。在快門機構1 5 3 7中,當刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1在第二轉動軸1 5 3 5附近移動時,移動以阻擋 刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之垂直移動之兩快門1 5 3 8 a和 1 5 3 8 b乃安裝以將刷側耦合管1 5 3 1置於其間。 在此實施例中,如圖4所示,當在高低方向Y上之角 度爲0°時,上快門1 5 3 8 a由安裝在出口耦合管 1 5 3 2之端上之肋和安裝在上快門1 5 3 8 a之端上且 由吸嘴主體1000 (後蓋1003)拉出之肋所捕捉, 並阻擋介於刷側耦合管1 5 3 1和吸嘴主體1 0 0 0間之 間隙,和下快門1 5 3 8 b容納在吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇內( 下蓋1 0 0 1 )。當刷側耦合管1 5 3 1在此狀態中增加 在高低方向Y之角度時,如果刷側耦合管1 5 3 1轉動達 到一預定角度時,上快門1 5 3 8 a由刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1所按壓且容納在吸嘴主體1 0 0 0中。相反的, 當在高低方向Y上之角度爲90°時,下快門1 5 3 8b 由安裝在出口耦合管1 5 3 2之端上之肋和安裝在下快門 1538b之端上之肋所捕捉,且下快門1538b被拉 本紙張尺度適.用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-25 - L.IIL — — — — — — —I· · I I 請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂: -線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(23 ) 出,如圖5所示,和圖4相反.,且下快門1538b受拉 出而上快門1538a受容納。 J--J---!!裝 i — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項I寫本頁) 藉由此種快門機構1 5 3 7 ,即使刷側耦合管 153 1轉動90° ,仍可防止空氣流之洩漏,且可保持 充分的開口面積,並可連接刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之通風路 徑缺口 1 0 3 0。再者,刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之開口和 缺口 1 0 3 0可完全的製成較大,賓館大灰塵可輕易的通 過以降低阻礙。 綠- .在此實施例中,使用一對快門1 5 3 8可提供較強的 構造。但是,亦可使用多數之快門。使用可收縮和彈性材 料或風箱以取代快門1 5 3 8可使該構造更爲簡單。當開 口面積藉由擴張刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之開口和缺口 1 0 3 0而在橫向擴張時,即使未使用快門機構1 5 3 7 ,亦可保持通風路徑之開口面積。再者,在此例中,由於 未使用快門1 5 3 8 ,可降低在室間混合之灰塵,且可改 善轉動效能。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如上所述,藉由使用本發明之耦合件1 5 3 0,兩轉 動軸之構造,特別是第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動構造可製 成較簡單,因此其製造相當容易且外觀更均勻和簡單,如 此可改善此設計且可改善防止手指被夾住之安全設施和吸 塵性。 在下殼1 0 0 1之上方,安裝有包含例如不同部份之 橡膠或彈性樹脂之彈性材料之減震器1 0 3 3。由於減震 器1 0 3 3安裝在下殼1 00 1和前上蓋1 002互相接 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-26 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(24 ) -Γ---*---------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事'!^^寫本頁) 觸之位置之周圍,可改善吸取室1 0 0 5之氣密性,和由 於減震器1 0 3 3突出和安裝在吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之附近 ,因此可降低對家倶之破壞。 在此實施例中,在減震器1 0 3 3附近,特別在相對 於安裝有耦合件1 5 3 0之安裝部份1 0 0 6之長邊之邊 上(其爲吸嘴5 5 0之前面),以尼龍群集之滑動構.件 1 1 0 0乃插入模製,因此,吸嘴5 5 0具有震動吸收功 能以防止對家倶之破壞且可藉由以其本身沿著壁面滑動壓 抵壁面而進行吸塵。 i錦- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在此實施例中,使用減震器1 0 3 3。但是,亦可形 成由在下殼1 0 0 1上方附近中之另一週緣側向外突出之 厚部份,以增加整體之堅固性,且安裝滑動構件1 1 0 0 在厚部份1 0 2 0上以降低元件之數目。如上所述,本發 明之吸嘴5 5 0使用渦輪1 0 1 2當成驅動源藉由吸入安 裝在真空吸塵器本體1 0 0中之風扇轉動轉動刷1 0 1 1 ,因此,可使吸嘴550更輕。再者,耦合件1530之 安裝部份1 0 0 6安排在吸取室1 0 0 5後面中央和通風 路徑1 007安排在安裝部份1 006之兩側,因此,可 降低吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之全部高度以使吸嘴更精巧。由於 須要堅固性和氣密性之耦合件1 5 3 0之安裝可藉由安裝 後上蓋1 0 0 3而解決,如此可降低元件之數目和改善組 裝操作。非後上蓋1 0 0 3之元件只可藉由移除前上蓋 1002而釋放,且轉動刷1011可簡單的移除,因此 可改善拆卸操作和吸塵性。此外,只要藉由簡單的安裝轉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-27 - 490299 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明(25 ) 動刷1011和接附前上蓋1002,即可完成組裝,因 此可改善操控性。 其次,參考圖6至16詳細說明吸嘴550之詳細構 造。圖6爲外觀之立體圖,圖7爲底視圖,圖8爲開關桿 之說明圖,圖9爲滑動構件之主要部份之橫截面圖,圖 1 0爲滑動構件之另一應用之說明圖,圖1 1爲輪之升高 機構之說明圖,圖12爲第一轉動軸之橫截面圖,圖13 爲第一轉動軸之另一應用之說明圖,圖14爲第一轉動軸 之鎖之機構視圖,和圖1 5和1 6爲容納狀態圖。 首先,在圖6中,在此實施例中之吸嘴550具有一 薄構造且幾乎爲T形之平面形狀,吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇之前 面突出在兩側且安排在後面中央之耦合件1 5 3 0之安裝 部份1 0 0 6向後突出。由於整個頂部主要爲R形,可改 善吸塵性,且由於每個角落爲R形,可防止對家倶之破壞 〇 再者,如圖4和5所示,藉由將吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之 尖端之側邊形狀形成幾乎爲楔形其中頂部爲突圓弧形,可 保持轉動刷1 0 1 1之轉動區域,且形成吸取室1 0 0 5 以使空氣流可輕易的導入在鐘嘴形之缺口中,和整體可製 成更精巧。 再參考圖6,在此實施例中,減震器1 0. 3 3形成帶 形突出型式,其連續的形成在包括可輕易的撞擊家倶之吸 嘴550之元件之縱向兩側上,亦即,突出於吸嘴主體 1 〇 0 0之兩側上,前面,和後面之一部份上之四個角落 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱)-28 - • l·-------------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) · --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印?π 490299 A7 一 B7 五、發明說明(26 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 。在此減震器1 〇 3 3中,連續的安裝滑動構件1 1 00 。如圖9 ( a )所示,藉由群集尼龍製之短刷1 1 〇 1成 爲刷台1 1 0 2並將刷台1 1 0 2插入形成在減震器 1033中之凹槽1021中,滑動構件11〇〇可固定 刷1101至減震器1033。在此例中,當刷台11Ό 2>長度等於減震器1 〇 3 3並接附至凹槽1 0 2 1時,可 降低元件之數目。但是,刷台亦可分割和接附以達成輕易 的模製。再者,刷台1 1 0 2亦可和減震器1 〇 3 3整合 以改善組裝操作。但是,藉由使用黏著或樹脂材料之彈性 以按壓裝配,亦可降低設施成本' 再者,滑動構件1 1〇〇之使用目的乃在允許吸嘴 5 5 0之前面可輕易的沿壁在橫向V 1上移動(見圖1 ) 。因此,滑動構件1 1 0 0可爲可改善滑動之任何構件, 且例如圖1 1 ( b )所示,可使用形成在減震器上之多數 突起1 0 3 4或沿著吸嘴5 5 0之縱向形成之多數突起形 -m: W ° 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在此實施例中,突起1034和減震器1033整合 ,因此可使用具有高硬度之樹脂材料當成材料,且用以緩 和一震動之空間1 0 3 5形成在減震器1 0 3 3之內側以 降低損害和震動。只有突起1 0 3 4以高硬度材料製成( 例如細珠或接線)且嵌合和形成在以一般使用之低硬度材 料製成之減震器1 0 3 3之預定位置上,因此可獲得提供 滿意滑動之防震構造。在此例中,突起1 0 3 4可在模製 時嵌合在減震器1 0 3 3中,或經由台接附如圖1 1 (a 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-29 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(27 ) )所示。 關於另一滑動構件1 1 〇 〇,例如可使用滾子 1103,如圖10所示。在此例中,雖然它們可接附至 減震器1 0 3 3,它們亦可直接接附至下殼1 〇 0.1。更 特別而言,藉由提供如橡膠,絲絨,或輪胎之彈性材料在 滾子1 1 0 3附近,可使滑動更佳且可獲得當成減震功能 之效果。在此例中,所欲的是,安裝滾子1 1 〇 3在至少 吸嘴5 5 0之前面之兩側上以向前突出如圖1 〇 ( b )所 示。更特別而言,當它們在兩端上接附至吸嘴5 5 0之角 落時,可改善滑動。再者,除了在兩側上之吸嘴5 5 0之 前面之角落外,當滾子安裝在前面之中央時,可輕易的吸 收壁之不規則性。更特別而言,當滾子安裝在突出在前面 之中央和兩側上之吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇之四個角落上時,可 增加移動性。滑動構件1 1 0 〇可以如同圖6所示之實施 例般的安排。 此外,在圖6所示之實施例中,刷1 1 0 1使用當成 滑動構件1 1 0 0。但是,藉由黏著和接附絲絨或纖維材 料,可降低製造成本。當使用之滑動構件1 1 〇 〇相當厚 時,可進一步改善減震功能。 關於另一構件之減震器1 0 3 3之另一應用例方面, 當厚部份形成環繞下殼1 0 0 1之頂部且滑動構件 1 1 0 0直接接附至或整合此厚部份時,可增加吸嘴主體 1 0 0 0之堅固性,且可提供防止對家倶造成破壞之吸震 功能。再者,於此無需提供例如彈性樹脂或橡膠之另一部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-30- T---«--------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項 1寫本頁) tl·- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(28 ) 份之彈性材料之減震器1 〇 3 3。 J !Ί !-裝 i I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項β寫本頁) 以下再參考圖6,在此實施例中,相關於吸嘴5 5 0 之尺寸方面,當耦合件1 5 3 0伸長時,深度D設定爲 250mm,且吸嘴之深度D1,在兩側突出之基礎之深 度D 2,和在兩側上之端之深度〇 3分別爲1 3 7mm, 9 6mm,和8 7mm。在此實施例中,由於耦合件 1 5 0 7之長度D 4設定爲5 0mm,因此其接附至延伸 管400之長度設定爲254mm。再者,如圖6和8所 示,吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之高度Η和寬度W分別設定爲6 1 mm和289mm,且入口1010之寬度W1設定爲 2 1 6 m m 〇 -綉· 其次,由於在此實施例中之吸嘴550乃構造成可簡 單的移除構成頂部之前上蓋1 〇 〇 2 ,因此可改善吸塵性 。前上蓋1 0 0 2乃構造成使在製造時收縮標示和焊接難 以產生且可保持強度。 爲了實現此種效果,在此實施例中之吸嘴5 5 0乃構 造成非耦合件1 5 3 0之安裝部份1 0 0 6之吸嘴5 5 0 之頂部以前上蓋1 0 0 2覆蓋,和用以使前上蓋1 0 0 2 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 可移除之開關桿1 0 2 2安裝在前上蓋安裝部份1 0 3 1 上。以下參考圖8說明此一構造。 如圖2所示,在此實施例中之吸嘴550乃構造成用 以固定前上蓋1 0 0 2之前上蓋安裝部份1 0 3 1乃安裝 在後上蓋1 0 0 3之兩側上,且前上蓋1 0 0 2以可移動 狀態經由在橫向上滑動之一對開關桿1 0 2 2 (其安裝在 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •31 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(29 ) 前上蓋安裝部份1031上)而安裝。如圖8 (a)所示 ,在前上蓋1002中,在相關於每個開關桿1022之 部份形成缺口1036,和具有形成L形之下端 1 0 3 7 a之安裝肋1 0 3 7安裝在缺口 1 0 3 6之內側 。開關桿1 0 2 2接附至前上蓋安裝部份1 0 3 1以使在 Li下端1 0 3 7 a上橫向滑動。因此,可固定開關桿 1 0 2 2在開關桿1 0 2 2與安裝肋1 0 3 7重疊之位置 ,且使開關桿1022在開關桿1022與安裝肋 1 0 3 7不重疊之位置移動。在此實施例之構造中,無須 安裝開關桿在前上蓋1 0 0 2中,因此,無須形成須用以 安裝開關桿1 〇 2 2之肋。 如圖6所示,通氣口 1016提供在前上蓋1002 之頂部後之兩側上。通氣口 1 0 1 6包含一細縫部份 1016a,其沿著吸嘴550之縱向而分割成多數部份 ,且細縫部份1 0 1 6 a以些微低於附近之方式形成一凹 陷形狀,和一沖壓形開口和前上蓋1 0 0 2整合在凹陷形 狀中。在通氣口 1 0 1 6之構造中,不堅固之沖壓形開口 些微的低於附近形成且分割成多數細縫,因此,可增加前 上蓋1 0 0 2本身之強度且可增加用於衝擊之沖壓形開口 之強度。 再者,在前上蓋1 0 0 2中,用以移動前上蓋 1 0 0 2之操控凹陷1 0 2 3提供在兩側。 依照此實施例,由於開關桿1 〇 2 2和前上蓋 1002分離,前上蓋1002可以簡單形狀形成,如此 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-32 - J---;---------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) ti·. --鳑· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(30 ) 可降低由於肋形成時之收縮標示和焊接之發生。再者,此 種簡單的形狀可使前上蓋1 0 0 2更輕且可改善吸塵性和 設計。此外,開關桿1 0 2 2安裝在難以受到震動之後面 且構造成使它們難以受到外力之破壞,即使在吸_時,它 們和家倶接觸下。 當前上蓋1002提供通氣口 1016時,可改善其 強度。再者,當可輕易的安裝和拆除之前上蓋1 〇 〇 2提 供有通氣口1016時,前上蓋1002受到移除且會輕 易受到污染之通氣口1016可由前和後面吸塵,因此, 可改善吸塵性。 由於操控凹陷1 0 2 3提供在吸嘴5 5 0之側邊(前 上蓋1002),食指或中指可插入操控凹陷1023中 ,且拇指放置在開關桿1 0 2 2上,和開關桿1 0 2 2以 拇指和食指(中指)之拾起向外滑動和解嵌合,且可輕易 的由吸嘴550移除。 再者,開關桿1 0 2 2和易於收集污物之操控凹陷 1 0 2 3安裝在一垂直表面,因此難以收集污物。再者, 前上蓋1 0 0 2可輕易的安裝且吸嘴5 5 0之頂部爲圓平 形,其中前上蓋1002和後上蓋1003連續,因此可 輕易的抹除污物。 在圖7中,在下殼1001中,多數輪1200安排 以移動整個吸嘴550在縱向V2和橫向VI上,且在介 於吸嘴5 5 0之底部和吸塵表面間留下一固定空間。相關 於輪1200,於此安排有一對前輪1261在吸嘴 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐)-33- i I — J! — — !-裝 i· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項B寫本頁) 訂·· 綉· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(31 ) 5 5 0之底部前面之兩側上,一對後輪1 2 6 2安排在它 們後面,一對最後輪1 2 6 3用以在真空吸塵器1使用時 接收用於吸塵表面之壓力,和移動輪1 2 6 4,當吸嘴 550在橫向VI上移動時,其由底部突出。 前輪1 2 6 1和後輪1 2 6 2安排在互相相對之位置 。意即,如前所述,在下殻1001之渦輪1012之徑 向之延伸部份,一對前輪1 2 6 1和一對後輪1 2 6 2設 置以保持介於在渦輪1 0 1 2下部份上之入口 1 0 1 〇和 吸塵地板間之空間爲常數。再者,當大最後輪1 2 6 3安 裝在把手3 0 0之力最常應用之耦合件1 5 3 0之下部份 上以增加堅固性和移動性時,即使由把手3 0 0施加力至 耦合件1530,此力會由最後輪1263所吸收,且介 於入口 1 0 1 0和吸塵地板間之空間保持固定。 如上所述,在此實施例中之吸嘴5 5 0之最大特徵在 於其可在縱向V 2上和在橫向V 1上移動。爲了完成在橫 向V 1上之移動,在此實施例中,如圖1 1所示之一對移 動輪1 2 6 4安裝在第二轉動軸1 3 5 5之下方。前輪 1261,後輪1262,和最後輪1263分別具有輪 軸在吸嘴550之兩側之方向上(圖中之縱向上),如圖 11 (b)所示,且這些輪可自由的在吸嘴550之縱向 V2上(圖中之橫向)轉動。但是,移動輪1 2 6 4具有 一輪軸,其方向和前述三個輪相差90°且其可自由的在 吸嘴5 5 0之橫向VI上(圖中之縱向)轉動。再者,移 動輪1 2 6 4乃構造成使它們在一般使用狀況時容納在吸 本纸張尺度.適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 34 - — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂· · --綉- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(32 ) 嘴550中,亦即,在把手之扭轉角小於90°下,且把 手扭轉90°和吸嘴550轉動90° ,和吸嘴550突 ,卜 — ILIII — — — — 重· .窗 I (請先閱讀背面之^J意事寫本頁) 出成爲其在橫向VI上移動(圖中之縱向)。此構造將參 考圖1 1詳細說明。 首先,如圖11 (a)所示,在此實施例中,突起’ 1 $ 4 0分別提供在環繞第二轉動軸1 3 5 5之轉動軸 1 5 0 3形成之一對滑路1 5 3 9上。如圖1 1 ( c )所 --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 示,突起1 5 4 0形成以設置在刷側耦合管1 5 3 1在高 低方.向之角度爲90°之位置上。另一方面,在轉動軸 1503下方之下殼1001中,形成一開口1541且 移動輪1264接附至開口1541。每個移動輪 1264包含一輪基礎1266,其中吸嘴550之前側 ,亦即,後輪側1 2 6 2爲一轉動軸1 2 6 5 ,接附至輪 基礎1266之輪1267,和一彈簧體1268 (如線 圈彈簧,扭轉彈簧,或接附至轉動軸1 2 6 4並容納輪基 礎1 2 6 6在吸嘴5 5 0內側之板彈簧)。每個突起 1 5 4 0和移動輪1 2 6 4之位置和尺寸乃設定成移動輪 1 2 6 4突出於刷側耦合管1 5 3 1在高低方向Y之角度 爲90°之位置上。在此實施例中,突起1540安裝在 滑路1539上。但是,突起1540亦可分離的安裝。 依照此實施例,如圖1 1 ( b )所示,在刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1在高低方向之角度不是9 0 °之狀態下,亦即, 把手3 0 0之扭轉角度p 1小於9 0 °之狀態下,移動輪 1 2 6 4容納在吸嘴5 5 0之內側,因此吸嘴5 5 0可經 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 35 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(33 ) 由前輪1261,後輪1262,和最後輪1263而在 縱向V 2 (圖中之橫向)上平順的移動。 I J» I I J — — — — — — — I· - I I 12请先閱1^背面|<次意事3^窝衣頁) 另一方面,在把手3 0 0之扭轉角度P1爲9 0°之 狀態下,如圖1 1 ( c )所示,在刷側耦合管1 5 .3 1在 高低方向之角度變成9 0° ,因此,移動輪1 2 6 4由吸 嘴5 5 0突出並以t 0之間隔隔離在地板上方之後輪. 1262和最後輪1263。結果,把手300之力大多 應用於移動輪1264,因此,吸嘴550可經由移動輪 1 264和前輪126 1而在橫向VI (圖中之縱向)上 簡單的移動。 其次,在此實施例中,前輪1261,後輪1262 ,和最後輪1 2 6 3以可適於在滑路上滑動之材料形成, 且與地板之接觸表面製成光滑,和其形狀爲鼓形。結果, 輪可輕易的在輪軸方向滑動且甚至在傾斜方向滑動,因此 可改善吸嘴5 5 0之擺動效能和在橫向V 1上之運行效能 〇 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 再者,爲了更改善在橫向v 1上之擺動效能和運行效 能,所需的是安裝具有如同圖9所示之滑動構件1 1 0 0 相同的滑動構件在輪1 2 6 7 a附近。藉由使用此種構造 ,可改善吸嘴5 5 0之擺動效能。特別的,藉由使用用於 輪1 26 1之輪1 267 a以和移動輪1 26 4 —起移動 吸嘴5 5 0在橫向V 1上(圖中之縱向),可更加強改善 在橫向V 1上之移動性。 在此實施例中,輪1 200使用以移動吸嘴5 50在 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-36 · 490299 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印?衣 五、發明說明(34 ) 縱向以及橫向V上。但是,於此並無此種限制。例如,亦 可使用萬用輪或可形成一突起在安排有吸嘴5 5 0之輪 1200之預定位置上,和安裝滑動構件1210在突起 上。 如上所述,當由把手3 0 0之扭轉操作P 1而突出之 移動輪1 2 6 4提供在此實施例之吸嘴5 5 0之底部時, 例如,在橫向V 1上之移動以沿壁移動吸嘴5 5 0時,移 動輪1 2 6 4和前輪1 2 6 1可平順的移動吸嘴5 5 0在 橫向VI上(圖中之橫向上)。 另一方面,當吸嘴5 5 0在縱向上移動時(圖中之上 下方向),移動輪1 264容納在吸嘴550中,因此, 使用五個輪以使前輪1 2 6 1和後輪1 2 6 2分別安排在 橫向上和最後輪1 2 6 3安排在後面中央。藉由使用五輪 之構造,在縱向V 2上之運行效能較優,且即使在傾斜移 動和擺動效能上,吸嘴5 5 0亦可受到穩定的支持。特別 的,在使用時,最後輪1263位在由耦合件1530之 轉動軸1 5 0 3而來之使用者側,因此,可降低在縱向 V 2上之移動,特別是在向後移動時之吸嘴5 5 0之尖端 之浮動。再者,耦合件1530之轉動軸1503安裝在 五個輪間,因此即使吸嘴5 5 0擺動和經由把手3 0 0轉 動,仍可降低吸嘴5 5 0之傾斜(角落之浮動)。再者, 輪1 2 0 0安排在吸嘴5 5 0之每個角落上,因此可降低 在轉動時之制動。 其次,灰塵引導機構1 3 0 0安裝在設置於吸嘴 請先閱讀背面之注意事 寫本頁) i裝 --綉- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-37 - 490299 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7____ 五、發明說明(35 ) 5 5 0之底部上之入口1 0 1.0之前面,和壓控板 1 3 0 1安裝在入口 1 0 1 0之後面。引導機構1 300 具有可有效的吸取不易由形成在入口和吸嘴5 5 0之尖端 間之平面部份1 3 0 2所吸取之灰塵之功能。例如,在習 知之吸嘴中,當吸嘴之尖端和壁面接觸時,在平面部份 1 έ 0 2下方之地板上之灰塵只由吸入空氣之流動能量所 吸入。 在此實施例中之引導機構1 3 0 0使用以有效的吸取 不易吸入之灰塵。在此實施例中,爲了解決此一問題,引 導機構乃構造成安排多數之刷條1 3 1 1,其中具有長腿 之尼龍刷束1 3 1 0串列的安排在平面部份1 3 0 2之縱 向和橫向上。在此賓施例中,如圖7所示,刷條1 3 1 1 繞著中央對稱的和傾斜的安排,因此,每個刷條聚焦在入 口 1 0 1 0側上。亦可直接嵌合和群集刷束1 3 1 1在平 面部份1 3 0 2中,或亦可群集刷條1 3 1 1在刷台上當 成一群,和嵌合和安裝刷台在平面部份1 3 0 2。 藉由此種引導機構1 3 0 0 ,在刷條1 3 1 1間會形 成空氣流之流動路徑1 3 1 2,因此可經由流動路徑加速 空氣流之流動和輕易的吸取灰塵。再者,藉由移動吸嘴 550,可以刷束1310耙起在平面部份1302上之 灰塵並輕易的吸取灰塵。亦即,藉由移動吸嘴5 5 0,可 以刷束1 3 1 0耙起在平面部份1 3 0 2上之灰塵並經由 流動路徑1 3 1 2引導灰塵進入入口 1 〇 1 〇。 再者,在此實施例中,刷束1 3 1 0之刷長度乃設定 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-38 - • J---·---------菜--- <請先閲讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) ·- 490299 A7 B7_______ 五、發明說明(36 ) 成,如圖11 (b)所示,當吸嘴550在縱向移動時( 圖中之橫向),刷束1 3 1 0之尖端幾乎和地板接觸。亦 即,吸嘴550以前輪1261,後輪1262,和最後 輪1 2 6 3之五輪運行。在此狀元中,刷束1 3 10之尖 端約刷到地板且藉由前述之動作效果可改善吸塵性。另一 方面,在圖1 1 ( c )所示之狀態中,吸嘴5 5 0·由前 輪1 2 6 1和移動輪1 2 6 4移動在橫向V 1上(圖中之 縱向),移動輪1 2 6 4向下突出且吸嘴5 5 0倚靠在前 輪1 2 6 1之側上並向前落下,因此刷束1 3 1 0之尖端 強烈的抵住地板。結果,在平面部份1 3 0 2上之灰塵比 如圖1 1 ( b )所示之由刷束1 3 1 0之狀態更強烈的受 到耙起,因此,可輕易的吸取灰塵。再者,引導機構 1 3 0 0強烈的壓抵地板,因此引導機構1 3 0 0取代前 輪的支持吸嘴5 5 0,藉此可改善吸嘴5 5 0在橫向V 1 上之移動性。 壓控板1 3 0 1阻止在流動路徑1 3 1 2中之過多能 量之向後噴出之灰塵,並允許入口1〇1〇再度吸入此灰 塵。當壓控板1 3 0 1設定在尖端由底部突出之長度幾乎 和地板接觸之狀態時,如圖1 3 ( c )所示,可改善入口 1 0 1 0之下部份之氣密性。 以下參考圖1 2至1 4詳細說明耦合件1 5 3 0 ° 首先,圖1 2 ( a )爲第一轉動軸之垂直橫截面圖, 圖12 (b)爲水平橫截面圖,和圖12 (c)爲鎖環之 構造圖。在此實施例中之第一轉動軸1 5 3 3乃構造成管 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-39- — — — — — — — — — · I I (請先gtt背面之注意事寫本頁) . 線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(37 ) 狀的突出於刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之一端上方之轉動軸 1 5 3 3 a和在出口耦合管1 5 3 2之一端下方之管狀和 凹陷轉動軸承1 5 3 3 b使用樹脂材料之彈性插入和組裝 〇 在此實施例中,提供有用以暫時鎖住在橫向上之轉動 於9 0°之位置上之鎖機構1 5 1 6。例如,在此實施例 中,凹槽1543形成在介於轉動軸1533a和轉動軸 承1533b間之滑路1542a和1542b中,且如 圖12 (c)所示之鎖環1 534安裝在每個凹槽 1 5 4 3中。鎖環1 5 3 4形成以使一部份之環打開,和 提供板彈簧之動作以使在箭頭之兩側方向展開。再者,在 鎖環1 534中,安裝部份1 544提供在環之中央,和 一突起1 5 4 5 a形成在與安裝部份1 5 4 4相同距離之 位置上,且於此鎖環展開之兩側乃互相相對。 如圖1 2 ( b )所示,鎖環1 5 3 4經由安裝部份 1544固定至凹槽1543之轉動軸1533a。再者 ,在轉動軸承1533b之側邊上之凹槽1543中,配 合突起1 5 4 5 a之一對凹陷1 5 4 5 b形成在爲直線之 位置上。 藉由鎖環1 5 1 6,當刷側耦合管1 5 3 1和出口耦 合管1 5 3 2爲線性之狀態時,在橫向中之轉動固定,因 此可改善吸嘴5 5 0之直線前進,且吸嘴5 5 0可輕易的 在縱向上移動。另一方面,當企圖經由把手3 0 0轉動吸 嘴550時,突起1545a和凹陷1545b之配合解 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項B寫本頁) •-装 · ;綉- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-40 · 490299 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(38 ) 除,且鎖環1516可以輕微之力解開。 在此實施例中,爲了改善吸嘴5 5 0之直線前進,安 裝有一對突起1 545 a和凹陷1 545b。但是,亦可 提供多數之凹陷1 5 4 5 b在高頻之預定角度上(4 5° 或 9 0 ° )。 '圖13爲第一轉動軸1533之另一裝配構造。在此 實施例中,轉動軸1533a和轉動軸承1533b經由 一可移動固定螺釘1 5 4 9而安裝在一可移動狀態。 •在此實施例中,兩環形突起1 5 5 0提供在轉動軸 1533a之滑路1542a上,和一環形凹陷1551 形成在轉動軸1 5 3 3附近。另一方面,在轉動軸承 1533b上,一開口窗1552形成在相關於凹陷 1 5 5 1之位置上。在考量第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動時 ,兩開口窗1 5 5 2提供在相對位置。 固定螺釘1 5 4 9安排以延伸在開口窗1 5 5 2和凹 陷1 5 5 1上方。固定螺釘1 5 4 9以可移動狀態使用樹 脂材料之彈性而由開口窗1 5 5 2形成。例如,在此實施 例中,固定螺釘1 5 4 9包含一弧形部份1 5 4 9 a以配 合凹陷1551之形狀,和一本體1549b,其構造配 合開口窗1 5 5 2且其內側製成較薄。當安裝固定螺釘 1 5 4 9時,其由弧形部份1 5 4 9 a插入和接附在開口 窗1552中,而當移動固定螺釘1549時,治具插入 本體1549b之孔中,和本體1549b之尖端使用樹 脂材料之彈性啦拉出。固定螺釘1 5 4 9和凹陷1 5 5 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-41· 請先閱讀背面之注意事項 寫本頁) 裝 · --韓. 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(39 ) 之尺寸乃設定成第一轉動軸1 5 3 3不會鬆弛且可平順的 轉動。 再者,在此實施例中,包含突起1 5 4 5 a和凹陷 1 5 4 5 b之鎖機構1 5 1 6提供在介於固定螺釘_ 1549和凹陷1551間之接觸表面上。例如,在此實 施例中,突起1545a提供在本體1549b之尖端, 和凹陷1545b提供在凹陷1551之預定位置上,因 此,突起1 545 a和凹陷1 545b可使用固定螺釘 1 5 4 9之樹脂材料之彈性而平順的鎖住或解開。 藉由使用此種構造,可改善第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之組 裝操作,和藉由移動固定螺釘1 5 4 9而可輕易的拆卸第 一轉動軸1 5 3 3,因此,可改善維修能力和吸塵性。再 者,第一轉動軸1 5 3 3可以簡單的構造鎖在預定位置。 在此實施例中,使用具有鎖機構1516之固定螺釘 1 549。但是,鎖機構1 5 1 6仍可和固定螺釘 1 5 4 9分離。 以下參考圖1 4說明第二轉動軸之鎖機構1 5 5 3。 在圖1 4中,圖(a )爲刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之構造圖, 圖(b)和(c)爲當把手300直立的容納時,吸嘴 5 5 0之主要部份之橫截面圖。 在此實施例中,可直立的容納把手3 0 0以設置在吸 嘴550之上方,其中吸嘴550,延伸管400,和把 手3 0 〇連接。爲了保持此種容納狀態,在此實施例中, 鎖機構1 5 5 3提供在第二轉動軸1 5 3 5中。鎖機構 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-42 - •VIII— — — — — — — — — · I I {請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂: -·線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(40 ) 1 5 5 3包含提供在第二轉動軸1 5 3 5之滑路1 5 3 9 上之突起1 5 5 4和提供在下殼1 0 〇 1之軸承1 〇 1 8 之滑路中之凹陷1 0 3 8。藉由形成u形缺口在滑路 1 5 3 9之一部份中,和提供突起1 5 5 4在自由端上, 突起1 5 5 4不會阻礙由彈簧動作而形成之第二轉動軸 1 5 3 5之轉動操作。突起1 5 5 4和凹陷1 〇 3 8安排 成使鎖機構1 5 5 3鎖住第二轉動軸1 5 3 5在刷側耦合 管1 5 3 1在高低方向Y中之角度變成9 0°之狀態中。 藉由使用此種構造,如圖(b)所示,當把手300 直立的容納以設置在吸嘴5 5 0之上方時,第二轉動軸 1 5 3 5之鎖機構1 5 5 3和第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之鎖機 構1 5 1 6受到鎖住,因此,可保持直立容納狀態。再者 ,當第二轉動軸1535之鎖機構1553鎖住時,移動 輪1564突出且吸嘴550向前落下,因此,其可與接 附至把手3 0 0之彈性管2 0 0之重量平衡,且因此,可 保持穩定之狀態。 即使當吸嘴550在橫向VI上移動時,第二轉動軸 1 5 3 5受到鎖住,因此可輕易的保持在此運作時之把手 300之扭轉操作P1之角度。再者,鎖機構1 553可 以和第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之鎖機構1 5 1 6相同之方式鎖 在高使用頻率之角度上。 在另一應用例中,鎖機構1 5 5 3可鎖在刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1在高低方向Y中之角度變成高於9 0°之狀態中 。在此例中,一突出肋(圖中未顯示)在凹陷1 〇 3 8和 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-43 · ίι — 4 — — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本l·!) il· •綠 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明説明(41 ) 突起1 5 5 4互相配合之前提供,且於鎖之前階段有阻力 之感覺。因此,當把手300之扭轉操作P1之角度設定 爲90° ,且吸嘴550之轉動P2之角度設定爲90° ,和吸嘴550在橫向VI上移動時,鎖機構1 553不 會鎖住。 · 2另一方面,如果真空吸塵器在設定扭轉操作P1之角 度超過9 0 °或在刷側耦合管1 5 3 1在高低方向Y中之 角度超過90°之狀態之高於前述阻力感覺中操作時,鎖 機構1553會鎖住。藉此,當吸嘴550在橫向VI上 移動時,第二轉動軸1 5 3 5不會鎖住且在直立容納狀態 ,如此可更保持穩定狀態。再者,在容納狀態中,無須考 量在橫向VI上吸嘴550之操作,因此,可強烈的設定 鎖狀態,且因此,可獲得更穩定之狀態。在此例中,爲了 解開鎖機構1 5 5 3 ,其最好設置在吸嘴5 5 0上。 以下參考顯示使用狀態之圖1和1 5說明在此實施例 中之真空吸塵器1之操作方法。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項Φ寫本頁) 線· 在圖1中,首先,在此實施例中之真空吸塵器1中, 當使用者以直立狀態握持把手3 0 0時,他可經由延伸管 4 0 0藉由操作吸嘴5 5 0而吸塵地板。在此實施例中, 延伸管4 0 0之長度設定爲使延伸管4 0 0和地板形成 45°之角度。把手300之柄301設定爲約110° ,因此,在延伸管400之角度爲45°之狀態下,握持 柄3 0 1之使用者可輕易的移動延伸管4 0 0在縱向上。 由於耦合件1 5 3 0之刷側耦合管1 5 3 1在高低方 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐)-44- 490299 A7 __ __ B7 五、發明說明(42 ) 向Y上轉動,因此,即使吸嘴550在縱向移動時,安裝 有入口 1 0 1 0之吸嘴5 5 0之底部不會和地板隔離。在 此例中,由於延伸管傾斜4 5 ° ,在橫向X上之出口耦合 管1 5 3 2之轉動軸傾斜4 5 ° ,因此,出口耦合管 1 5 3 2因爲轉動軸之磨擦力而不會輕易的在橫向X上轉 動,且即使當吸嘴5 5 0在縱向移動時,亦可降低在.橫向 X上之吸嘴5 5 0之背離。再者,在此實施例中,鎖機構 1516提供在第二轉動軸1533上,因此,吸嘴 5 5 0之可更滿意的直線前進。 此外,當吸嘴5 5 0在縱向移動時,其由提供在底部 上之輪1200中之前輪1261,後輪1262,和最 後輪1 2 6 3所支持,且這些輪當成一般輪繞著轉動軸 1 2 1 1轉動,因此,可改善直線前進。在此實施例中, 特別的,藉由最後輪可降低在縱向上之吸嘴5 5 0之尖端 之浮動且可獲得滿意的前進。再者,在此實施例中,藉由 使轉動刷1 0 1 1和引導機構1 3 0 0之刷1 2 1 4加倍 ,在地板上之灰塵會受到加倍的耙起且可增加吸起效率。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在此實施例中,延伸管4 0 0在一般狀態中傾斜 4 5 °之狀況下之直線前進乃藉由以刷側耦合管1 5 3 1 執行在高低方向Y上之轉動和以出口耦合管1 5 3 2執行 在橫向X上之轉動而增加。但是,亦可藉由以刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1執行在在橫向X上之轉動和藉由以出口耦合管 1 5 3 2執行在高低方向Y上之轉動。在此相反構造中, 吸嘴5 5 0之轉動操作以和前述實施例相同之方式執行。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-45 · C ^ 9 02 49 A7 _____B7____ 五、發明說明(43 ) 但是,在直線前進上會引起一問題,因此,必須提供鎖機 構1 5 1 6以防止在橫向X上之轉動。 在此實施例中,藉由用於扭轉把手3 0 0之柄3 0 1 之操作P 1 ,吸嘴5 5 0之方向(轉動P 2 )可改變成和 把手300之轉動鏈接。例如,在以圖1之實線所示之柄 3 0 1和吸嘴5 5 0互相直線相對且適於直線運行之狀態 下,當柄301扭轉45°時,吸嘴550之方向亦可由 耦合件1 5 3 0之動作而傾斜4 5 ° 。在此狀態中,由於 吸嘴5 5 0之輪1 2 0 0向側邊滑動,吸嘴5 5 0可以傾 斜之吸嘴5 5 0而在縱向上移動。例如,由於向前之阻礙 ,此種方式可極有效的吸塵相當窄的部份。當吸嘴5 5 0 之方向改變時,輪1 2 0 0之方向亦改變,因,此,如果把 手轉動時,吸嘴5 5 0之過程亦可輕易的改變。 如圖1之虛線所示,當柄301扭轉90°時,吸嘴 5 5 0之方向亦可由耦合件1 5 3 0之動作而在水平方向 傾斜9 0 ° 。在此狀態中,吸嘴5 5 0之移動輪1 2 6 4 以耦合件1 5 3 0之動作而由底部突出。由於吸嘴5 5 0 由移動輪1264和前輪1261所支持,吸嘴550可 在縱向(圖中之橫向V 1 )上移動,而吸嘴剛好在旁邊。 再者,由於在高低方向Y上之第二轉動軸之角度變成 90° ,耦合件1530包括在吸嘴主體1000之突起 區域中,因此,在此實施例中之吸嘴5 5 0可極有效的吸 塵一窄間隙。再者,在使用狀態中,刷側耦合管1 5 3 2 位在吸嘴5 5 0之橫向之中央側(側邊),因此,可降低 本紙張尺度.適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-46 - Ι-Ill— — — — — — — I· · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂· --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(44 ) 在橫向上 入口之背離,且可改善運行效能。 再者,在此實施例之吸嘴550中,耦合件1530 之兩轉動軸可獨立或同時轉動,因此,此構造可製成相當 精巧,且可改善容納能力,並可使包裝尺寸製成更小。圖 1 0爲第一轉動軸1 5 3 5在高低方向γ之角度〇°和第 二轉動軸1533在橫向X之角度180° 。在此狀態中 ,在縱向上之吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之中央上,出口耦合件 1 5 3 2安排成如同鳥冠。圖1 6爲第一轉動軸1 5 3 5 在高低方向Y之角度9 0°和第二轉動軸1 5 3 3在橫向 X之角度90° 。在此狀態中,出口耦合管1532安排 在由在縱向中之吸嘴主體1 0 0 0之中央之一側上。再者 ,在圖1 6所示之狀態中,耦合件1 5 3 0包括在吸嘴主 體1 0 0 0之突出區域中,因此,安裝區域可製成小於圖 2 3所示之狀態。 如前所述,在此實施例中,可適當的選擇兩狀態以用 於容納或包裝,且真空吸塵器亦可受到容納或包裝,因此 ,容納或包裝空間可製成較小。再者,當鎖機構設定成鎖 在前述之狀態時,可使容納狀態更爲穩定。 其次,參考圖1 7說明在此實施例中之吸嘴5 5 0之 操作原理。在此實施例中之真空吸塵器1可傳送把手 3 0 0之扭轉操作之轉動P 1至吸嘴主體1 〇 〇 〇之轉動 P2。其操作原理將解釋如下。 圖(a)爲當在高低方向Y之角度爲45°之狀態 A 1和當角度爲9 0 °之狀態A 2之吸嘴5 5 0之側視圖 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-47 - _ —Μ* ϋ ϋ · •ϋ ϋ n i_i n ϋ I · I mmm (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) -•線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7_______ 五、發明說明(45 ) 和圖(d )爲當在上述高低方向γ之角度由4 5°改變爲 3 0 °之狀態A 3之吸嘴5 5 0之側視圖。· 圖(b )爲當在高低方向γ之角度爲4 5 °之狀態 A 1和當扭轉操作p 1之角度爲9 0 °之狀態A 〇之吸嘴 5 5 0之平面圖和圖(c )爲在扭轉操作P 1之角度爲 90°之A0狀態中,吸嘴550之前視圖。 在圖(a )中,在此實施例中,安排在刷側耦合管 1 5 3 1之管軸B 1和出口耦合管1 5 3 2之管軸間(其 互相平行)之第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動表面F 1安排成 平行於管軸B 1和B 2。在此實施例中之實驗證明顯示把 手3 0 0之扭轉操作之轉動(轉動管軸B 2 )轉換成繞著 通過轉動表面F 1之延伸線F 2和地板交叉之交叉點G 1 之吸嘴5 5 0之轉動P 2。因此,在高低方向Y之角度爲 9 0 °之狀態A 2中,通過轉動表面F 1之延伸線F 2和 地板交叉之交叉點G 2剛好位於把手之正下方,因此,可 輕易的執行把手3 0. 0之扭轉操作P 1之轉動。 另一方面,如圖(d )所示,在高低方向Y之角度較 小之狀態A 3中,交叉點G 3較遠,因此除非以較大之力 應用至扭轉操作P 1 ,否則無法獲得吸嘴5 5 0之轉動 P 2。再者,如圖所示,當在高低方向Y之角度爲及極小 時,通過轉動表面F1之延伸線F 2不和地板交會,因此 無法獲得吸嘴5 5 0之轉動P 2。 在此實施例之操作原理之說明中,吸嘴550固定, 而把手3 0 0轉動和移動,而後,比較轉動操作之第一狀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -48 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) t]: .•鏢- 490299 A7 B7______ 五、發明說明(46 ) 態A 1和最後狀態a 〇。( 〇 1 i 6 ) — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 首先,如圖(a)和(b)所示,在第一狀態A1中 ,通過轉動表面F1之延伸線F2和地板交叉之交叉點G 1幾乎設定在吸嘴5 50之中央上。但是,如圖(c )和 (d )所示,當把手3 0 0藉由應用扭轉操作P 1而移動 至最後狀態A 〇時,通過轉動表面F 1之延伸線F 2和地 板交叉之交叉點G 0設定在吸嘴5 5 0之縱向中之一側上 。亦即,在一般操作狀態中,把手300由使用者向上操 作至預定位置,因此,吸嘴550之轉動P2藉由移動在 轉動P 2中央之交叉點G 1至G 〇而執行。 --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 具體而言,如果扭轉操作P 1之轉動在箭頭E 1之方 向應用至把手3 0 0時,原來欲依照扭轉操作P 1而轉動 之吸嘴主體1 0 0 0可防止由地板轉動,因此,第一轉動 軸1 5 3 3藉由傾斜轉動表面F 1而轉動並操作如同以箭 頭E 2之方向離開。另一方面,第二轉動軸1 5 3 5操作 以在吸嘴5 5 0之整體底部上接收扭轉操作P 1,且慢慢 的轉動,亦即,藉由跟隨和以傾斜轉動表面F 1而轉動之 第一轉動軸1 5 3 3互鎖而操作以增加在高低方向Y之角 度。結果,藉由改變轉動P2之中央由G1至G0,吸嘴 550可在箭頭E3之方向轉動。 第二實施例 圖1 8和1 9爲本發明之真空吸塵器之另一實施例。 圖1 8爲吸嘴之橫截面和圖1 9爲吸嘴之操作原理圖。在 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公餐)-49- ^ 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(47 ) 下述之說明中,和前述實施例相同或相似之元件受指定以 相同的參考數字以省略其說明。 在此實施例中之吸嘴5 6 0和第一實施例之吸嘴 5 5 0之不同點爲第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動表面F 1傾 斜,而其它構造幾乎和第一實施例相同。在吸嘴56 CT中 ,成嘴560之轉動P2之轉動角度比把手300之扭轉 操作P1之轉動角度大。 在圖1 8中,形成吸嘴5 6 0以設定轉動表面F 1爲 一傾斜0之角度,因此,安排在刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之管 軸B 1和互相平行之出口耦合管1 5 3 2之管軸B 2間之 第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動表面F 1在出口耦合管 1 5 3 2之尖側是高的,而在出口耦合管後之低的。依照 此實施例,第一轉動軸1 5 3 3設定成傾斜轉動表面F 1 ,因此,第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動中央傾斜,也因此, 刷側耦合管1 5 3 1之傳送路徑和出口耦合管1 5 3 2之 傳送路徑可由一傾斜傳送路徑連續。因此,耦合件 1 5 3 3之整體傳送路徑可緩和的連續而無較大的彎曲。 因此,可降低灰塵和噪音之阻礙。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -rr — ll — — — — — — — — — · 11 (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) --線· 此外,在此實施例中,即使把手300之扭轉操作 P 1在柄3 1 0和吸嘴5 6 0直立的互相相對且適於筆直 運行時不轉動在90°上,吸嘴560之轉動P2亦可設 定爲90° 。因此,吸嘴560可以把手之小操作而大大 的操作。以下參考圖19說明此操作原理。 在圖1 9中,圖(a )爲吸嘴5 6 0之側視圖,其槪 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -50 - 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(48 ) 略的顯示當在高低方向Y之角度爲4 5°之狀態A 1和當 角度爲90°之狀態A2,和圖(b)爲當在高低方向γ 之角度爲4 5°之狀態A 1和當扭轉操作P 1之角度爲 9 0°之狀態A0之吸嘴5 6 0之平面圖,和圖(c )爲 在扭轉操作P1之角度爲90°之A0狀態中,吸嘴 5 6 0之前視圖,和 圖(d)爲圖(b)之部份擴大圖。 在圖(a )中,在此實施例中之吸嘴5 6 0以和第一 實施例之吸嘴5 5 0相同之方式,實驗證明把手3 0 0之 扭轉操作之轉動P 1 (轉動管軸B 2 )轉換成繞著通過轉 動表面F 1之延伸線F 2和地板交叉之交叉點G 1之吸嘴 5 6 0之轉動P 2。但是,和第一實施例不同的是,由於 轉動表面F 1是傾斜的,通過轉動表面Γ 1之延伸線F 2 和地板交叉之交叉點G1變成相當遠。因此,在高低方向 Y爲9 0°之角度之狀態A2中,通過轉動表面F1之延 伸線F 2和地板交叉之交叉點G 2由把手之正下方向前設 置。但是,如果傾斜表面F 1未傾斜過大,把手3 0 0之 扭轉操作P 1之轉動可輕易的執行。根據角度〇 ,交叉點 G 2可安排在管軸B 2之正下方。 另一方面,在高低方向Y之角度製成較小之狀態中, 通過轉動表面F 1之延伸線F 2不和地板交叉之角度大於 在第一實施例中者,因此,第二實施例適於在高低方向Y 之角度較大之狀態中操作頻率較高之例。 再者,在此實施例中,以和第一實施例相同之方式, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公爱) -51- •»« — — ( — — — — — — — 1— · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂 •線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 /% -9 02 9 A7 - _____B7__ 五、發明說明(49 ) 吸嘴560固定,和把手300轉動和移動,和而後,比 較轉動操作之第一狀態A 1和最後狀態A 0。首先,如圖 (a)和(b)所示,在第一狀態A1中,通過轉動表面 F 1之延伸線F 2和地板交叉之交叉點G 1設定在吸嘴 560之前面上。但是,如圖(b)和(c)所示,當把 手3 0 〇藉由應用扭轉操作p 1而移動至最後狀態A 〇時 ,通過轉動表面F 1之延伸線F 2和地板交叉之交叉點 G 0設定在吸嘴5 6 0之縱向中之一側上。 亦即,此實施例之基本操作原理和第一實施例相同。 但是,吸嘴560之最大特點在於如圖(b)所示,在最 後狀態A0中,橫向X中之把手300之角度超過90° 。在一般操作狀態中,把手300由使用者向上操作至預 定位置,因此,吸嘴560之轉動P2爲由虛線所示之狀 態。因此,當把手300之扭轉操作P1在90°上轉動 時,吸嘴5 6 0可過度的轉動。亦即,即使扭轉操作P 1 不在90°上轉動,吸嘴560之轉動P2亦可設定爲 9 0。。 扭轉操作P 1放大爲轉動P 2之原因乃是因爲,如圖 (d)所示,第一轉動軸1 5 3 3之轉動表面F 1傾斜在 角1。和圖(a)和(b)比較,角1在把手300直立 之狀態A 2中爲0 ° ,而在狀態A 〇中,角1增加。亦即 ,當把手在一較低位置執行扭轉操作P1時,較之當把手 3 0 0在高位置執行扭轉操作Ρ·1,其可以較小之扭轉操 作Ρ 1更顯著的操作吸嘴560。再者,當轉動表面F 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-52 - 卜 — ILIII1I — — — · · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂· ··線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 - ----B7 一 五、發明說明(50 ) 之角度增加時,亦可獲得相同之效果。 在此實施例中,大多說明使用一轉動刷之吸嘴。但是 ,本發明並不限於此。轉動刷驅動方法亦不限於空氣渦輪 系統。 再者,在前述實施例中,本發明使用包含具有輪之真 .·> 空< 吸塵器本體,彈性管,把手,延伸管,和吸嘴之真空吸 麈器說明。但是,本發明並不限於此。 例如,亦可使用一真空吸塵器包含一真空吸塵器本體 具有一風扇以吸塵;一吸嘴,其在縱向上接附至真空吸塵 器本體之一端和連接至風扇;和一把手在縱向上接附至真 空吸塵器本體之另一端;其中,吸嘴具有吸嘴主體以吸塵 和耦合件以連接吸嘴主體至真空吸塵器本體和使經由真空 吸塵器本體傳送而來之把手之轉動角度和吸嘴之轉動角度 同步化。 除了上述外,本發明可應用至一真空吸塵器,如一中 央吸塵器,其連接一彈性管,把手,延伸管,和吸嘴至安 裝在一殻內之灰塵傳送路徑,或一手吸塵器,其具有一吸 嘴接附至在縱向中之真空吸塵器之一端,和一把手接附至 另一端。 第二實施例 圖3 6爲在本發明之第二實施例中之真空吸塵器之外 觀之立體圖。數字S 2 0 1表示一吸塵器本體包含一控制 電路和一馬達驅動風扇,S202爲一管連接至吸塵器本 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 53 - [丨!丨丨!丨丨裝i I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 ____B7 五、發明說明(51 ) 體S201之入口, S203爲一管基台由使用者所握持 ^ — — L — — — — — —---裝 i I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 並連接至其一端,S204爲一延伸管連接至管基台 S203之另一端,S205爲一吸嘴連接至延伸管 S204, S206爲開關操作單元安裝在管基台/ S203上,S207爲第一紅外線發射器安裝在管基台 S203上,S208爲第二紅外線發射器安裝在管基台 S203上,S209爲紅外線接收器安裝在吸塵器本體 S201之頂部,和(210爲在一房間中之天花板。 以下說明在第二實施例中之真空吸塵器之操作。當使 用者壓下安裝在管基台S 2 0 3上之開關操作單元 S 2 0 6之一開關時,相關於壓下開關之一訊號碼由第一 紅外線發射器S 2 0 7和第二紅外線發射器S 2 0 8輻射 出當成一紅外線訊號。 線- 第一紅外線發射器S 2 0 7安排以在正常使用狀態時 幾乎垂直向上,和第一紅外線發射器S 2 0 7輻射之紅外 線訊號碰撞天花板或牆壁並反射而到達吸塵器本體 S 2 0 1之紅外線接收器S 2 0 9。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第二紅外線發射器S 2 0 8安排在管基台之握柄端以 由水平方向觀之幾乎向下,和第二紅外線發射器S 2 0 8 輻射之紅外線訊號直接的到達吸塵器本體S 2 0 1之紅外 線接收器S 2 0 9。 到達紅外線接收器s 2 0 9之紅外線訊號經由內建於 吸麈器本體S 2 0 1中之控制電路而控制吸麈器。 吸嘴S 2 0 5包含一吸嘴主體S 1 0 1具有一入口 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-54- 490299 A7 _ B7 五、發明崴明(52 ) s 1 1 5以吸取在其底部之灰塵,和一耦合件S 1 〇 3用 以連接吸嘴主體s 1 0 1至延伸管,操作以使吸嘴主體 s 1 0 1之底部始終接觸地板以用於經由延伸管S 2 0 4 傳送之管基台S 2 0 3之操作,和連接包含由吸嘴主體 S 1 0 1吸入之灰塵之空氣流以引導至延伸管S 2 0 4。 吸嘴S1〇1具有內建轉動刷S110以耙取在地板 上之灰麈。耦合件S 1 〇 3具有一機構以連接管基台 S 2 0 3以繞著吸嘴S 2 0 5在高低方向Y和橫向X轉動 ,和傳送管基台S 2 0 3之扭轉操作之轉動P 1至吸嘴主 體S 1 〇 1之轉動p 2。在此實施例中,耦合件S 1 0 3 包含一殼S 1 04,其接附至吸嘴主體S 1 0 1以自由的 轉動和致能在高低方向Y之轉動,和一出口耦合件 S105,其一端接附至延伸管S204和另一端接附至 殻S 1 〇 4以致能在橫向X上之轉動。 在此例中,沿吸嘴S205之縱向之移動方向視爲 V 1,和垂直於V 1方向且沿吸嘴S 2 0 5之橫向之移動 方向視爲V 2。V 1方向視爲橫向和V 2方向視爲前進方 向。 如上所述,依照此實施例之真空吸塵器,以和第一實 施例相同之方式,由使用者輸入之操作資訊傳送至使用紅 外線訊號之吸塵器本體S 2 0 1 ,以控制該吸塵器,因此 ,於此無需使用用於管S 2 0 2之電纜線,也因此,可使 管變輕。 結果,可減輕在管基台S203上加在使用者上之負 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 55 · —rill— — — — — —— — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂·· •線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(53 ) 擔,且可改善吸塵器本體S2.01之牽引行進和吸嘴 s2〇5之操作性。 由於耦合件S 1 〇 3包含殻S 1 〇 4,其接附至吸嘴 主體s101以自由的轉動和致能在高低方向γ之轉動, 和一出口耦合件S 1 〇 5 ,其一端接附至延伸管S 2 0· 4 和吴一端接附至殻S 1 〇 4以致能在橫向X上之轉動,吸 嘴S 2 0 5之方向可藉由操作管基台S 2 0 3而改變。 具體而言,當管基台S203扭轉90° (轉動P1 )時,吸嘴S205可轉動在90° (轉動P2),如圖 1 7之虛線所示。 藉此,以在縱向上之正常操作,即使在橫向上之吸嘴 主體S 1 〇 1之寬度上之間隙亦可受到吸塵。 當吸嘴主體S1〇1之前緣碰到牆壁且管基台 S 2 0 3在正常縱向移動之操作在此狀態中執行時,吸嘴 主體S1〇1在沿牆壁之V1方向移動,因此,靠近牆壁 之地板可有效的吸塵。 以下參考圖2 0至3 5說明吸嘴S 2 0 5之構造。 圖2 0爲在本發明之一實施例中之吸嘴S 2 0 5之上 橫截面圖,圖2 1爲在圖2 0之A — A部份之橫截面圖, 圖2 2爲當吸嘴S 2 0 5之入口蓋S 1 0 7移去之狀態之 頂視圖,圖2 3爲圖2 0所示之吸嘴S 2 0 5之後視圖, 圖24爲吸嘴S205之頂視圖,圖25爲吸嘴S205 之底視圖,圖26爲吸嘴S205之前視圖,圖27爲吸 嘴S205之後視圖,圖28和29爲圖22之B—B部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-56- -VIIJ — — — — — — — I· - I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項B寫本頁) "0 i線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(54 ) LT ϋ .1 1% ϋ n I ϋ ϋ I H ϋ I · ϋ ϋ (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 份上之橫截面圖,圖3 0爲出口耦合件S 1 0 5之破裂橫 截面圖,圖31爲殼S104之破裂圖,圖32爲圖28 之C — C部份上之橫截面圖,圖3 3和.34爲吸震減震器 S 1 0 6之橫截面圖,和圖3 5爲出口耦合件S 16 6之 底視圖。 在圖20至26中,吸嘴主體S101爲吸嘴 S205之骨架,且在幾乎中央之高度上垂直的區分成兩 部份,並由形成輪廓之下殼S 1 0 2和安排在下殼 S 1 0 2之頂部後之上殻S 1 0 9所形成。 在下殼S 1 〇 2和上殼S 1 0 9互相接觸之位置附近 ,接附有吸震減震器S 1 0 6以保持氣密性和防止對家具 之破壞。 線· 吸震減震器S 1 〇 6由高滑動性樹脂形成,其中氟塑 膠粉末和矽油添加至氫化苯乙烯-丁二烯橡膠和聚丙烯之 合金之基礎材料中,且當吸震減震器於靠著牆壁吸塵時和 牆壁接觸下,仍可保持高滑動效能。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在此實施例中,5%之四氟乙烯當成氟塑膠粉末和5 %之矽油添加至基礎材料。但是,依照所需之滑動效能, 氟塑膠粉末可調整在2至20%,且矽油可調整在2至 2 0 % 間。 關於氟塑膠粉末,可使用全氟烷氧基,乙烯丙烯氟化 物,乙烯丙烯氟化醚。 再者,關於用以獲得滑動效能之添加物方面,可添加 無機潤滑油如滑石,鈦酸鈣,石墨,或二硫化鉬,或有機 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· 57 - C ^ 9 02 49 A7 __B7____ 五、發明說明(55 ) 潤滑油如蠟,有機脂金屬鹽,或脂質助劑至基礎材料中。 關於基礎材料方面,除了前述外,亦可使用耐綸12 彈性體,聚尿彈性體,聚酯彈性體,聚烯烴彈性體,聚苯 乙烯彈性體,和彈性聚乙烯。 耐綸1 2彈性體可獨立的滑動且可獨立的使用而無需 添加劑。 如上所述,吸震減震器S 1 0 6以高滑動性材料製成 ,因此,當靠近牆壁吸塵而吸嘴S205移動且吸震減震 器S 1 0 6和牆壁接觸時,可改善操作性。 再者,在此實施例中,如圖33所示之微小突起 S1601提供在突起形成部份S152,如圖26之斜 線所示,因此,介於吸震減震器S 1 0 6和牆壁間之接觸 面積降低且可增強滑動效能。 在此實施例中,微小突起S 1 6 0 1之構造條件爲突 起直徑0 · 1mm,突起高度0 · 1mm,和突起節距 0 . 2mm。但是,亦可設定直徑在0 · 0 5mm至 0 · 5mm間,突起局度在0 · lrnrn至lmm間,和卽 距在0·1mm至1·〇mm之範圍內。 在吸嘴主體S101上方,以可移動狀態安排用以覆 蓋入口 S 1 1 5和幾乎吸嘴主體S 1 0 1之上半表面之入 口蓋 S 1 0 7。 一對配合突起S 1 3 5提供在入口蓋S 1 〇 7之後向 後面和在相對於它們之上殻側上,並接附具有用以在橫向 滑動和保持配合突起S 1 3 5之突起保持器S 1 3 7之開 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)- 58- •ΙΓΙΙΙΙ — — — — — — — — · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂·· •線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(56 ) 關桿s 1 3 3 ^ 當開關桿S 13 3在此構造中操作時,入口蓋 s 1 0 7可固定至或由吸嘴主體S 1 〇 1移動。 再者,在相對於配合突起S 1 3 5之入口蓋S 1 〇 7 之表面上,提供有把手突起S 1 3 4,且當接附或移除入 口篕S107時,手指可放置在把手突起S134上,因 此,可改善入口蓋S 1 〇 7之可移除性。 入口蓋S 1 〇 7以射出成型形成,因此,在配合突起 S 1.3 5之表面上,可呈現樹脂之收縮標示。但是,在此 實施例中,在相對於配合突起S 1 3 5之表面側上,提供 有把手突起S 1 3 4,因此,可使樹脂之收縮標示不明顯 ,且降低外觀上之缺點。 入口蓋S 1 〇 7之表面塗覆以紫外線硬化樹脂,因此 ,即使入口蓋在嚴格的使用狀況下和家具碰撞,家具之表 面亦不會受到破壞,且即使表面受到污染,亦可輕易的去 除此污染,因此,入口蓋S 1 〇 7之外表面可保持吸塵。 再者,入口蓋S107覆蓋幾乎吸嘴主體S1〇1之 上半表面,因此,當入口蓋之外表面以此實施例之方式塗 覆時,幾乎吸嘴主體S1〇1之上半表面保持在吸塵狀態 ,如此可改善此設計。 再者,由於用以導入新鮮空氣之後入氣as 1 2 1和 上入氣as 1 2 2提供在入口蓋S 1 0 7之後面和後面上 方,當由吸嘴主體S 1 0 1移去入口蓋S 1 0 7並維護吸 嘴主體s101時,會輕易的收集灰塵之後入氣口 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐)-59 · (請先閲讀背面之注意事寫本頁)If II «% — — — — — — — — — • Zu I (please read this note on the back to write this page) · (Effect of the present invention) As mentioned above, according to the present invention, it is mounted on the bottom of the nozzle body. The brush member is configured to protrude below the wheel, thereby preventing the wheel attached to the bottom of the nozzle body from abrasion and improving wheel life. The foregoing and other objects and features of the present invention will be better understood from the following description of the embodiments and the accompanying drawings. Brief Description of the Drawings Figure 1 is a perspective view of the appearance of a vacuum cleaner according to an embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing a part of a nozzle of an embodiment of a vacuum cleaner according to the present invention. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)-Line-Printed clothing for employees' cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4) A cross-sectional view of a planar arrangement structure of a nozzle of an embodiment of a vacuum cleaner. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a side-arrangement structure of a nozzle of an embodiment of a vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view of a side-arrangement structure of a nozzle of an embodiment of a vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 6 is a perspective view of the external appearance of a suction nozzle of an embodiment of the vacuum suction device of the present invention. Fig. 7 is a bottom view of the suction nozzle of the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 8 is a diagram of the installation and removal mechanism of the front cover of the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of a sliding member of an embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 10 is a structural diagram of a moving wheel according to an embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of a sliding member of an embodiment of a vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 12 is a mechanism diagram of a lock of a first rotating shaft in the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 13 is a structural diagram of another application example of the first embodiment of the vacuum cleaner embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 14 is a mechanism diagram of the lock of the second rotating shaft of the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 mm) -7- (Please read the note on the back first, write this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs? Clothing 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (5) FIG. 15 is a view of the storage state of the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. 0 FIG. 16 is the view of the storage state of the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. The original remote map of the operation of the nozzle of the embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a nozzle of a second embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of the operation principle of the nozzle of the second embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view above the suction nozzle 205 in the second embodiment of the present invention. Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of part A-A in Figure 20. Fig. 22 is a top view of the state where the inlet cover of the suction nozzle is removed. FIG. 23 is a rear view of the nozzle shown in FIG. Figure 24 is a top view of the nozzle. Figure 25 is a bottom view of the nozzle. Figure 26 is a front view of the nozzle. Fig. 27 is a view of the inlet cover 1 of the suction nozzle. 〇7. Figure 28 is a cross-sectional view of the C-C part of the suction nozzle shown in Fig. 22. Fig. 29 is the suction nozzle shown in Fig. 22. A cross-sectional view of part C-C. Figure 30 is a broken cross-sectional view of the outlet coupling. ^ The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) -8- (Please read the note on the back to write this page first) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economy 490299 A7 __ B7 DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (6) FIG. 31 is a rupture diagram of the shell. Figure 32 is a cross-sectional view of part C-C of Figure 28. 4- I — J — — — — — — — — — · I I (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) ki 13 3 is a cross-sectional view of the shock absorption block. Ku 134 is a cross-sectional view of the shock absorbing block. Figure 35 is a bottom view of the exit coupling. Figure 36 is a perspective view of a vacuum cleaner according to a second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 37 is a perspective view of a packaging state of a vacuum cleaner according to a second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 38 is a perspective view of a packaging method of a vacuum cleaner according to a second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 39 is a LL view of the nozzle of the vacuum cleaner according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 40 is a perspective view of a nozzle of a vacuum cleaner according to a second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 41 is a perspective view of a packaging state of a suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner according to a second embodiment of the present invention. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Figure 4 2 is a perspective view of the packaging condition of the nozzle of the vacuum cleaner according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Figure 43 is a characteristic diagram of the noise measurement results of the present invention. Comparison table of main components 1 Vacuum cleaner 100 Vacuum cleaner body The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) · 9-490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (7) Consumption by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative printed 2 0 0 Flexible tube 3 0 0 Handle 4 0 0 Extension tube 5 5 0 Nozzle 1 0 1 Wheel 3 0 1 Handle 3 0 2 Operating unit 3 0 3 Infrared generator 4 0 1 Tube 4 0 2 Tube 1 0 0 0 Nozzle body 1 〇1 0 Inlet 1 5 3 0 Coupling [Combination 1 0 1 1 Rotating brush 1 5 3 1 Coupling tube 1 5 3 2 Coupling tube 1 0 3 3 Shock absorber 1 1 0 0 Sliding member 1 3 0 0 Dust guide mechanism 1 0 0 1 Lower box 1 0 0 3 Lower box 1 0 0 4 Partition wall 1 0 0 5 Suction chamber 1 0 2 Positioning wheel T ---; -------- -Packing --- (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page) Order: --Line- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -10- 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (8) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, 1 0 6 Installation Section 1 0 0 7 Ventilation path 1 0 3 0 Missing part 1 0 3 1 刖 Top cover mounting part 1 0 3 7 Mounting rib 1 '0 2 2 Switch lever 1 0 1 2 Turbine 1 0 1 3 Rotating shaft 1 0 1 4 Bearing 1 0 3 2 Without □ 1 0 1 6 Ventilation P 1 0 1 5 Open □ 1 0 1 7 Viewing window 1 5 3 3 No. ^ Rotating shaft 1 5 5 3 a Rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 b Rotating bearing 1 5 3 4 Lock ring 1 5 3 5 Second rotating shaft 1 5 0 3 Rotating shaft 1 0 1 9 Bearing 1 5 0 7 Coupler 1 5 3 7 Shutter mechanism 1 5 3 8 a Shutter 1 5 3 8 b Shutter < Please read the note on the back first (write this page) Pack-CD · .Weft. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -11-490299 A7 B7 Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Bureau of the People's Republic of China 5.Invention Description 13 5 5 15 4 0 15 4 1 12 6 6 12 6 5 12 6 7 12 6 8 15 3 9 12 0 0 12 10 Front wheel, rear wheel, moving wheel, second rotation shaft, protrusion, open wheel base, rotation shaft wheel, spring body, slide wheel, sliding member T ---: -----------(Please read the note on the back first (This page) ·-· 鳑 · This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -12- 490299 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ) 12 6 3 13 0 1 13 0 0 13 0 2 13 11 13 10 13 12 15 16 15 4 3 1 5 4 2 a 1 5 4 2 b 15 4 4 1 5 4 5 a 1 5 4 5 b 15 4 9 15 5 2 15 5 1 1 5 4 9 a 1 5 4 9 b 15 5 3 15 5 4 15 3 9 10 3 8 10 18 Pressure control plate of the last wheel Dust guide mechanism Flat part Brush bar brush bundle Flow path lock mechanism Groove slideway Slideway mounting part Protrusion recessed Removable fixing screw opening Window recessed arc-Jr- Body lock mechanism protruding sliding path recessed bearing (please read the note on the back first !!) --installation--line * This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 mm) -13- 490299 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (11) 1 5 6 4 * S 2 0 1 S 2 0 2 S 2 0 3 S 2 0 4 s 0 0 S 2 0 6 S 2 0 7 S 2 0 8 S 2 0 9 S 2 1 0 S 1 〇1 S 1 1 5 S 1 〇3 S 1 0 4 Movable wheel cleaner body tube tube base extension tube nozzle switch operating unit first infrared emission 2nd infrared transmitter, infrared receiver, ceiling nozzle, main inlet coupling housing, please read the notes on the back 4 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, S 1 0 7 into the cover S 1 0 9 upper case S 1 0 2 Lower shell S 1 0 6 Shock absorber S 1 6 0 1 Micro protrusions S 1 5 2 Forming part S 1 3 5 Cooperating protrusion S 1 3 3 Switch lever S 1 3 4 Handle protrusion This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -14 · 490299 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (12) Printed garments by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs S 1 2 1 After entering the air PS 1 2 2 Upper air □ S 1 0 4 Shell S 1 0 5 Exit □ Open □ S 1 4 5 Shell cylinder S 1 4 6 Out □ Affinity cylinder S 1 3 8 Vertical rotation axis S 2 0 0 1 Piece cover S 2 0 0 3 Piece cover S 2 0 0 2 Base table S 2 0 0 4 Base table S 1 4 7 Flange S 1 4 8 Lower flange S 1 4 9 Stopper open □ S 1 4 4 Stopper groove S 1 3 7 Stopper S 1 6 0 Adjusting protrusion S 1 6 1 = Tianzheng groove S 1 6 2 Ratchet protrusion S 1 6 3 Ratchet groove S 1 6 4 Housing S 1 6 5 Shell piece S 1 6 6 Out □ Coupling body S 1 6 9 Open □ Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) Attach the i-line- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm) -15- 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (13) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy S 1 6 8 Inner coupling cap S 1 6 7 Affinity cap S 1 7 1 Rotating cylinder S 1 7 2 Rotating bearing S 1 7 3 Rotary bearing S 1 3 0 Pressure control plate S 1 3 1 Pressure control plate S 1 2 5 Stern wheel S 1 2 0 Wheel table S 1 3 2 Roller S 1 7 5 Spring S 1 7 0 Horizontal rotation axis S 1 7 6 hit A m to move the protrusion S 1 4 0 uneven part S 1 7 6 rake brush S 1 5 0 depression S 1 5 1 depression S 1 1 0 rotating brush S 1 0 8 swing cover S 1 1 1 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXAMPLES First Embodiment FIGS. 1 to 17 are a first embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) -16- T --- V ----- I --- loading --- (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) i--Mian-490299 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (14) First, the outline of this embodiment will be described with reference to a perspective view of the appearance of the vacuum cleaner in FIG. 1. In FIG. 1, the numeral 1 represents a vacuum cleaner, which includes a vacuum cleaner body 100 having a fan (not shown) for sucking; an elastic tube 200, one end of which is attached to a vacuum cleaner connected to the fan. Utensil body U00;-the handle 300 is attached to the other end of the elastic tube 200 and connected to the fan; an extension tube 400 is attached to the handle 300 and connected to the elastic tube 200; and a suction nozzle 550 is attached to The extension tube 400 is connected to the extension tube 400. The vacuum cleaner body 100 has a dust collection chamber having a discarded dust collection bag inside, and can be moved by a pair of wheels 101 and a positioning wheel 102 through an elastic tube 200. The operation control of the vacuum cleaner body 100 is performed by receiving an operation signal transmitted from the handle 300 with an infrared receiver installed inside the operation indicator on the top of the vacuum cleaner body 100. The elastic tube 200 has a function as a conveying path for transferring dust to the vacuum cleaner body and a function as a moving and traction mechanism for moving the vacuum cleaner body 100. The handle 3 0 0 has a function for connecting the elastic tube 2 0 0 and an extension tube 4 0 0 to each other, a function for controlling the vacuum cleaner body 1 0 0 and operating the vacuum cleaner body, and a function for operating the suction nozzle 5 5 0 Action function. The handle 300 is connected to the elastic tube 200 to be fixed and attached to the extension tube 400 in a moving state. Therefore, the elastic tube 200 and the extension tube 400 are connected to each other to form a dust transfer path. In addition, the handle of this paper is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -17-.T ---; {Please read the notes on the back ^^^ first write this page) ·-鳑 · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (15) I — J — — — — — — — — — · II (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) 300 has a handle 301 which is about 1 1 0 degrees with the central axis B 2 of the extension tube 4 0 0 on the top of the longitudinal extension tube 400 The angle, that is, on the extension line of the central axis B 2 is at a position that almost coincides with the connecting direction of the elastic tube 200 and the extension tube 400 in the longitudinal direction. With this handle, the vacuum cleaner body 100 can be moved through the elastic tube 2000, and the suction nozzle 5500 can be further operated. In particular, with the handle 3 0 1, the twisting operation, that is, the rotation P1 about the central axis B2 can be easily performed. In this example, the handle 301 is mounted on the top, so the elastic tube 2000 installed below does not interfere with the twisting operation. Furthermore, an operation unit 3 0 2 for operating the operation of the vacuum cleaner body 100 is installed near the handle 301. An infrared generator 303 is mounted to the operation unit 302. -Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Since the handle 3 0 0 and the suction nozzle 5 5 0 are connected to each other and the handle 300 and the suction nozzle 550 are further fixed at a predetermined position, the extension tube 400 is provided for conveying the handle 3 0 0 The action (moving or turning) acts as the action (moving or turning) of the nozzle 5 5 0. In this embodiment, the two tubes 40 1 and 4 2 of different sizes are combined and elastically configured to be fixed at a predetermined position, and in a movable state, the handle 300 is attached to one end, and the suction nozzle 5 50 is connected Attached to the other end. The suction nozzle 5 5 0 includes a nozzle body 1 with an inlet (see FIG. 2) to suck dust at the bottom, and a coupling member 15 30 to connect the nozzle body 1 0 0 to the extension tube 4 0 0, and the nozzle body 1 0 0 0 is operated so that the bottom of the nozzle body 1 100 is always in contact with the floor for the action of the handle 3 0 0 conveyed through the extension tube 4 0 0, this paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210x297 mm) -18- 490299 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7_____ V. Description of the Invention (16) and inhalation of dust, including dust, by the nozzle body 1 0 0 0 The air flow is directed to the extension tube 400. The nozzle body 1000 has an inlet 10 10 (see Fig. 2) and a rotating brush 1011 (see Fig. 2) for sucking dust on the floor from the bottom. The coupling member 1 5 3 0 has a connection function to rotate in the height direction Y and the lateral X of the handle 300 around the nozzle 5 5 0 and the rotation P 1 of the twisting operation of the transfer handle 3 0 0 to the nozzle body 1 〇〇〇 的 转 P 2. In this embodiment, the coupling member 1530 includes a brush-side coupling tube 1531, which is attached to the nozzle body 1000 for rotation and enables rotation in the height direction Y, and an outlet coupling member 15 3 2, one end of which is attached to the extension tube 400 and the other end is connected to the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 4 so as to be able to rotate in the transverse direction X. In this embodiment, although it will be described in detail later, the nozzle body 1 0 0 0 is set to be within a range of about 90 degrees in the height direction Y from the floor and in a range of about 360 degrees in the lateral direction X. operating. When considering the capacity described later, the angle in the height direction Y can exceed 90 degrees from the floor. If the angle of the transverse X is about 180 degrees, the suction performance will not be hindered. '' When a shock absorber 1 03 with a sliding member ii 00 is installed near the nozzle body 1000, the dust absorption of one wall can be improved, and the nozzle body 1 00 can be moved in the longitudinal direction. One smooth round 1 2 0 0 is installed at the bottom. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the moving direction in the longitudinal direction of the nozzle body 1000 is regarded as the lateral direction V 1, and the moving direction perpendicular to the lateral direction and in the lateral direction of the nozzle body 1000 is regarded as V 2. Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) Installation-° · --Embroidery · I Paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) · 19 · 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (17 ) Furthermore, the dust guide mechanism 1 3 0 (see FIG. 7) is installed in front of the inlet (between the inlet and the top) installed on the bottom of the nozzle body 1 0 0 〇, so the wall is not easy to collect The dust can be effectively inhaled. According to the vacuum cleaner 1 of the present invention, the operation signal is transmitted via an infrared signal, so it is not necessary to wire the elastic tube 200, and therefore the weight of the elastic tube 2 bo can be made lighter. As a result, the burden on the handle held by the user can be reduced, and the operation of the vacuum cleaner 100 and the operation of the suction nozzle 550 can be improved. In particular, the main characteristic of this embodiment is that the operation performed by the user on the handle 3 0 0 can be performed smoothly as the action of the suction nozzle 5 5 0. Therefore, through the operation of the handle 3 5 0 by the suction nozzle 5 5 0, For example, the rotation P 1 of the twist operation of the handle 300 can be the same as the rotation P 2 of the suction nozzle 550. Specifically, when the handle 300 is twisted 90 ° (turn P1), the suction nozzle 5 50 is rotated 90 ° (turn P 2) as shown by the dotted line in FIG. 1, and when the handle 300 is moved forward and backward as usual, the suction The mouth body 1 0 0 0 moves back and forth along a wall in the longitudinal direction V 1 to suck the floor close to the wall. In this example, the suction nozzle 5 50 can be smoothly moved by the sliding member 1 1 00 and the wheel 1200, so that the damage to the wall can be reduced, and further the dust on the wall that is difficult to collect easily can be effectively guided Body 1 3 0 0 suck. The structure of the suction nozzle 5 50 according to FIG. 2 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5. Fig. 2 is a schematic view of the parts of the suction nozzle 5 50, and Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the planar arrangement structure of the suction nozzle 5 50, and Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the side arrangement structure. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) -20- ti I —i — — — — — — — — II (Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) Order.- -Green · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (18) »* · IIJ — — — — — — — — — II (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) First, in FIG. 2, as described above, the nozzle 5 50 includes the nozzle body 1000 and the coupling 1530. The nozzle main body 100 includes a lower case 1 0 1 to form a skeleton of the nozzle main body 100, a front upper cover 1002 covers the front surface of the nozzle main body 1000, and a rear upper cover 1 0 0 3 covers the nozzle main body 1 0 0 0 behind. In the lower case 1001, the partition wall 1004 of the nozzle main body 1 00 · is divided back and forth, and the front part is the suction chamber 1005, and the two sides of the mounting part 10 06 are ventilation paths. 1007 is used to drive the turbine (described below). In the center of the partition wall 1 004, a notch portion 1030 is formed to guide the dust in the suction chamber 10 05 to the coupling member 1530. The notch portion 1030 is formed into a bell mouth shape, which is opened into a horn shape on the side of the suction chamber 1050, so that the air flow including dust can be smoothly guided to the coupling member 1530. Silk-Printed upper cover of the consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1 0 0 3 covers the mounting part 1 5 3 0 above the mounting part, and is fixedly coupled with bolts (not shown) Piece 1530 to the lower case 1001. On both sides of the front face of the rear upper cover 1003, there are mounted to fix the front upper cover 1 0 2 2 The front upper cover mounting portion 1 0 3 1. A switch lever is installed on the rear side (the innermost side in the figure) of the front cover installation part 1 0 3 1 (see Fig. 8). In addition, the front cover installation portion 1031 is installed so that the rear side is exposed to the nozzle body 10000 and forms a part of the ventilation path with the front side. The front upper cover 1 0 0 2 covers the upper part of the suction chamber 1 0 0 5 and the ventilation path 1 0 0 7 and forms a suction chamber and the ventilation path together with the lower case 1 0 0 1 and is installed on the front upper cover 1 0 0 2 The ribs on the two sides of the front face (not shown in the figure) are hooked on the lower case. The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 mm) -21-490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (19) 1001 The mounting ribs 1037 (not shown in the figure) mounted on both sides of the rear are movably installed by the switch lever 1022 of the front upper cover mounting portion 1031. In the lower casing 1001 below the suction chamber 1005, an inlet 1010 and a rotating brush 1 0101 for raking dust are arranged in the suction chamber above the inlet 1010. In the rotating brush 101, the elastic blades with high dust raking efficiency and brushes made of nylon or other materials with high wiping efficiency are arranged and formed in grooves installed in the direction of the peripheral axis of the rotating core And the turbine 1012 is installed at both ends. Rotating shafts 1013 mounted on both ends of the turbine 1012 are inserted into bearings 1 0 1 4 formed on both ends of the suction chamber 1 0 0 5 and replaced by bearings (not shown) mounted on the inside of the front upper cover 1 0 0 2 Holding, therefore, the rotating brush 1 0 1 1 and the turbine 1 0 1 2 are arranged inside the suction chamber 1 0 5 to rotate. The notches 1 0 3 2 are formed on both sides of the partition wall 1 0 0 4 after the turbine 1 0 1 2, and the air vents 1 0 1 6 are formed after covering both sides of the upper cover 1002 before the ventilation path 1007, and the air vents are formed by the air vents. The air sucked in 1016 is dispersed to the turbine 1012 through the opening 1015 through the ventilation path 1007, and the rotating brush 1 0 1 1 attached to the turbine 1012 rotates. According to this embodiment, the suction nozzle 5 5 0 rotates the turbine and the rotating brush 1 0 1 1 through the air vent 1 0 1 6, and further rakes and collects on the dust collecting surface by the multiple effects of the rotating flow generated in the inlet 1010 Therefore, it can significantly improve the dust collection performance. Before the upper cover 1 0 1 1 above the rotating brush 1 0 0 2 The front surface of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -22-·, I — J ------ fitting ... (Please read the note on the back to write this page) Order ·-· Line · Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 __ B7 5. Description of the invention (20) In the center, an observation window 107 is installed. Regarding the observation window 1 0 1 7, a transparent plastic material, such as acrylic resin, which is highly resistant to damage, may be used. In the desired example, when the inner surface of the suction chamber 1005 of the observation window 1027 is coated with UV coating to reduce the damage of the dust emitted by the rotating brush 1011, and the observation window 1017 is formed as a convex lens to When I zoom in and easily observe the inside, the spots of the rotating brush 101 can be seen from the outside. Since the operating status of the rotating brush 1 0 1 1 can be checked through the observation window 1 ◦ 17, deaf people who cannot hear the operating sound and noise can still know the operating status of the vacuum cleaner 1 or, for example, by mixing external substances during operation This causes problems such as stopping the rotating brush 101. Therefore, according to this embodiment, even if there is no electric display requiring electric wiring, the operation condition can be easily checked. On the other hand, the coupling member 1530 includes a cylindrical brush-side coupling pipe 1531 and a cylindrical outlet coupling pipe 1532. The cylindrical brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the cylindrical outlet coupling tube 1 5 3 2 are arranged such that when viewed from the lateral direction shown in FIG. 4, the tube axis B 1 of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 is coupled to the outlet. The tube axis B 2 of the tube 1 5 3 2 is installed in parallel, and the outlet coupling tube 1 5 3 2 is above, and the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 is below, one of the two coupling tubes 1 5 3 1 and 1 5 3 2 They overlap each other, and a first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 is installed at the overlapping position. The first rotation axis 1 5 3 3 passes through the cylindrical coupling tubes 15 3 1 and 1 5 3 2 and causes them to rotate, that is, rotations in the lateral direction X. In this embodiment, the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 is configured so that the tubular protruding rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 a is installed at one end of the brush-side coupling pipe 1 5 3 1. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4. Specifications (210 X 297 mm) · 23-4 ----.--------- installation—— < Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) · Green · Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 Printed by the Consumers’ Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 _______B7_____ V. Description of Invention (21) The tubular and recessed rotating bearing 1 5 3 3 b is installed below the outlet Fengyu joint pipe 1532, and the rotating bearing 1533 b and the rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 a are installed to rotate without air leakage. A lock ring 15 3 4 is installed inside the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3, so the rotation of the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3 can be fixed at a predetermined position. On the other hand, on the other end of the brush-side coupling pipe 1 5 3 1, a second rotation shaft 1535 capable of rotating in the high-low direction Y (upper and lower directions in the figure) is mounted. In this embodiment, the second rotation shaft 1535 includes the rotation shafts 1550 formed on both sides of the cylindrical brush-side coupling tube 1531, the bearings 1018 formed in the mounting portion 1006 of the lower case 1001, and The bearing 1019 is formed on the rear upper cover 1003, and the rotating shaft 1503 is installed between the bearing 1018 and the bearing 1019. Therefore, the coupling member 1530 is connected to the nozzle body 10000 to rotate. On the other hand, on the other end of the cylindrical outlet coupling pipe 1532, a coupling member 1507 is movably connected to the extension pipe 400. In this embodiment, the top of the outlet coupling tube 1532 includes a cover 1 5 3 6 of another component to improve the design. In general, when the thickness of plastic molded parts is not uniform, damage to the design due to shrinkage marks or other reasons will cause some problems. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, the air flow paths of the brush-side coupling pipe 1 5 3 1 and the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 are continuously on a uniform and gentle curve. Therefore, air including dust can flow and No resistance. However, if the paths are formed at the same thickness, the appearance on the second rotation axis 1 5 3 3 becomes non-uniform, and some restrictions are imposed on the design. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is particularly strange in appearance that the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) -24 · 1 «IIJ — — — — — — — — — II (please first M Read the note on the back and write this page) Order: Practice-9 9 02 49 A7 __________B7_ V. Description of the invention (22) The upper part of the foreign coupling tube 1 5 3 2 contains another component cover 1 5 3 6 to Improves strength and makes welding and shrinkage signs not weird. In the embodiment of FIGS. 4 and 5, the angle of the second rotation axis 1 5 3 5 in the high-low direction Y is set to 90 °, so even when the angle of the high-low direction Y shown in FIG. 4 is set to 0 ° and Even when the angle of the height direction Y shown in FIG. 5 is set to 90 °, the shutter mechanism 1 5 3 7 is used so that the ventilation path and the notch 1 0 3 0 of the brush-side coupling pipe 1 5 3 1 are connected to a sufficient opening. region. In the shutter mechanism 1 5 3 7, when the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 moves near the second rotation axis 1 5 3 5, the two shutters 1 5 that are moved to block the vertical movement of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 are moved. 3 8 a and 1 5 3 8 b are installed to place the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 therebetween. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4, when the angle in the height direction Y is 0 °, the upper shutter 1 5 3 8 a is formed by a rib mounted on the end of the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 and The upper shutter 1 5 3 8 a is captured by the rib pulled out by the nozzle body 1000 (rear cover 1003) and blocks between the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the nozzle body 1 0 0 0 The gap and the lower shutter 1 5 3 8 b are accommodated in the nozzle main body 1000 (the lower cover 100 1). When the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 increases the angle in the high-low direction Y in this state, if the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 rotates to a predetermined angle, the upper shutter 1 5 3 8 a 1 5 3 1 is pressed and stored in the nozzle body 1 0 0 0. Conversely, when the angle in the high-low direction Y is 90 °, the lower shutter 1 5 3 8b is captured by a rib mounted on the end of the outlet coupling tube 15 2 and a rib mounted on the end of the lower shutter 1538b. And the lower shutter 1538b is drawn to a paper size appropriate. Use Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -25-L.IIL — — — — — — — — I · · II Please read the note on the back first Write this page) Order:-Line-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (23), as shown in Figure 5, contrary to Figure 4, and the lower shutter 1538b is pulled The upper shutter 1538a is accommodated. J--J --- !! Install i — (Please read the precautions on the back I write this page) With this shutter mechanism 1 5 3 7, even if the brush-side coupling tube 153 1 rotates 90 °, it can still prevent Leakage of air flow, which can maintain a sufficient opening area, and can connect the ventilation path gap 1 0 3 0 of the brush-side coupling pipe 1 5 3 1. In addition, the openings and notches 1030 of the brush-side coupling tube 1531 can be completely made larger, and large dust in the hotel can be easily passed to reduce obstacles. Green-. In this embodiment, the use of a pair of shutters 15 3 8 can provide a stronger construction. However, most shutters can be used. The use of shrinkable and elastic materials or bellows instead of shutters 1 5 3 8 makes this construction simpler. When the opening area is expanded laterally by the opening and notch 1030 of the brush-side coupling tube 1531, the opening area of the ventilation path can be maintained even if the shutter mechanism 1537 is not used. Furthermore, in this example, since the shutter 1 5 3 8 is not used, the dust mixed between the rooms can be reduced, and the rotation performance can be improved. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs as described above, by using the coupling member 1530 of the present invention, the structure of the two rotating shafts, especially the rotating structure of the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 can be made relatively It is simple, so it is relatively easy to manufacture and has a more uniform and simple appearance. This improves the design and improves the safety facilities and dust absorption to prevent fingers from being caught. Above the lower case 1001, a shock absorber 1003 including an elastic material including, for example, different parts of rubber or elastic resin is installed. Since the shock absorber 1 0 3 3 is installed in the lower case 1 00 1 and the front upper cover 1 002 are connected to each other, the paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -26-490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (24) -Γ --- * --------- install --- (Please read the precautions on the back '! ^^ write this page) The area around the touch can improve the suction chamber 1 0 The air tightness of 0 5 and the shock absorber 1 0 3 3 protrude and are installed near the nozzle body 1 0 0, thereby reducing damage to furniture. In this embodiment, in the vicinity of the shock absorber 1 0 3 3, particularly on the long side with respect to the mounting portion 1 0 0 6 where the coupling member 1 5 3 0 is mounted (which is the suction nozzle 5 5 0 Front surface), the sliding structure of the nylon cluster 1 1 0 0 is insert-molded. Therefore, the suction nozzle 5 50 has a vibration absorption function to prevent damage to the furniture and can be pressed by itself along the wall. Vacuum against the wall surface. i-jin-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In this embodiment, a shock absorber 1 0 3 3 is used. However, it is also possible to form a thick portion protruding outward from the other peripheral edge side in the vicinity of the upper portion of the lower case 1 0 1 to increase the overall rigidity, and to install the sliding member 1 1 0 0 on the thick portion 1 0 2 0 to reduce the number of components. As described above, the suction nozzle 5 5 0 of the present invention uses the turbine 1 0 1 2 as a driving source and sucks the fan installed in the vacuum cleaner body 1 0 0 to rotate the rotating brush 1 0 1 1. Therefore, the suction nozzle 550 can be made. Lighter. In addition, the mounting part 1 0 6 of the coupling member 1530 is arranged behind the suction chamber 1 0 5 and the central and ventilation path 1 007 is arranged on both sides of the mounting part 1 006. Therefore, the nozzle body 1 0 0 can be lowered. The full height of 0 makes the nozzle more delicate. The installation of the coupling member 1530, which requires ruggedness and airtightness, can be solved by installing the rear cover 1003, which can reduce the number of components and improve the assembly operation. Components other than the rear upper cover 1003 can only be released by removing the front upper cover 1002, and the rotating brush 1011 can be easily removed, thereby improving disassembly operation and dust absorption. In addition, as long as the paper size is adapted to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -27-490299 A7 _ B7 by simple installation, the paper description (25) the movable brush 1011 and the front cover attached 1002, you can complete the assembly, so it can improve the handling. Next, the detailed structure of the suction nozzle 550 will be described in detail with reference to Figs. 6 to 16. Fig. 6 is a perspective view of the appearance, Fig. 7 is a bottom view, Fig. 8 is an explanatory diagram of a switch lever, Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of a sliding member, and Fig. 10 is an explanatory diagram of another application of the sliding member. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram of a wheel raising mechanism, FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of a first rotation shaft, FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of another application of the first rotation shaft, and FIG. 14 is a lock of the first rotation shaft The mechanism view, and Figures 15 and 16 are diagrams of the accommodation state. First, in FIG. 6, the suction nozzle 550 in this embodiment has a thin structure and a nearly T-shaped planar shape. The front surface of the nozzle body 1000 is protruded on both sides and arranged at the center of the rear. The mounting part 1 0 6 of 1 5 3 0 protrudes backward. Because the entire top is mainly R-shaped, it can improve the dust absorption, and because each corner is R-shaped, it can prevent the damage to the furniture. Furthermore, as shown in Figures 4 and 5, the nozzle body 1 0 0 0 The shape of the side of the tip is almost wedge-shaped and the top is a convex arc shape, which can maintain the rotating area of the rotating brush 1 0 1 1 and form the suction chamber 1 0 0 5 so that the air flow can be easily introduced into the beak shape. The gap and the whole can be made more delicate. Referring again to FIG. 6, in this embodiment, the shock absorber 10.3 3 forms a strip-shaped protruding pattern, which is continuously formed on the longitudinal sides of the element including the nozzle 550 that can easily hit the furniture, that is, , Protruding from the four sides of the nozzle body 1000, the front, and the four corners on the back part of this paper. The size of this paper applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) -28- • l · ------------- install --- (please read the note on the back to write this page first) ·-line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs? π 490299 A7 a B7 V. Description of the invention (26) (Please read the precautions on the back and write this page first). In this shock absorber 103, a sliding member 1 100 is continuously installed. As shown in FIG. 9 (a), the short brush 1 1 〇1 made of nylon is made into a brush table 1 1 0 2 and the brush table 1 1 0 2 is inserted into the groove 1021 formed in the shock absorber 1033. The sliding member 1100 can fix the brush 1101 to the shock absorber 1033. In this example, when the brush table 11Ό 2 > has a length equal to the shock absorber 103 and is attached to the groove 1021, the number of components can be reduced. However, the brush table can also be divided and attached for easy molding. In addition, the brush table 1 102 can be integrated with the shock absorber 103 to improve the assembly operation. However, by using adhesive or elasticity of the resin material to press the assembly, the cost of the facility can also be reduced. Furthermore, the purpose of the sliding member 1 100 is to allow the nozzle to be easily horizontally moved in the lateral direction before the nozzle 5 5 0 Move on V 1 (see Figure 1). Therefore, the sliding member 1 1 0 0 can be any member that can improve the sliding, and for example, as shown in FIG. 1 1 (b), most protrusions formed on the shock absorber 1 0 3 4 or along the suction nozzle 5 5 can be used. Most protrusions formed in the longitudinal direction of 0-m: W ° Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, the protrusions 1034 and the shock absorber 1033 are integrated, so a resin material with high hardness can be used as the material. A space 1 0 3 5 for mitigating a vibration is formed inside the shock absorber 10 3 3 to reduce damage and vibration. Only the protrusion 1 0 3 4 is made of a high hardness material (such as a bead or a wire) and is fitted and formed at a predetermined position of the shock absorber 1 0 3 3 made of a generally used low hardness material, so that it can be obtained Provides satisfactory anti-shock construction. In this example, the protrusion 1 0 3 4 can be fitted into the shock absorber 1 0 3 3 during molding, or attached via a table as shown in Figure 1 1 (a This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -29-490299 A7 B7 V. Invention description (27)). As for another sliding member 1 1 0 0, for example, a roller 1103 can be used, as shown in FIG. 10. In this example, although they can be attached to the shock absorber 1033, they can also be attached directly to the lower case 100.1. More specifically, by providing an elastic material such as rubber, velvet, or a tire in the vicinity of the roller 1 103, it is possible to make the sliding better and obtain the effect as a shock-absorbing function. In this example, it is desirable that the mounting roller 1 1 0 3 protrude forward on both sides of at least the front face of the suction nozzle 5 50 as shown in FIG. 10 (b). More specifically, when they are attached to the corners of the nozzle 5500 at both ends, the sliding can be improved. Furthermore, in addition to the front corners of the nozzles 5 5 0 on both sides, when the roller is installed in the center of the front, the irregularities of the wall can be easily absorbed. More specifically, when the rollers are installed at the four corners of the nozzle main body 1000 that protrudes from the center and both sides of the front, the mobility can be increased. The sliding members 1 1 0 0 can be arranged like the embodiment shown in FIG. 6. Further, in the embodiment shown in Fig. 6, the brush 1 1 0 1 is used as the sliding member 1 1 0 0. However, by adhering and attaching velvet or fibrous materials, manufacturing costs can be reduced. When the sliding member 1 1 100 is relatively thick, the shock absorption function can be further improved. Regarding another application example of the shock absorber 1 0 3 3 of another component, when the thick portion is formed to surround the top of the lower case 1 0 0 1 and the sliding member 1 1 0 0 is directly attached to or integrated with the thick portion At this time, the robustness of the nozzle body 100 can be increased, and a shock absorption function can be provided to prevent damage to furniture. Furthermore, there is no need to provide another paper such as elastic resin or rubber. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 mm) -30- T --- «-------- installation --- (Please read the note on the back 1 to write this page) tl ·-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (28) copies of shock absorbers made of elastic materials 1 〇3 3. J! Ί! -Install i I (please read the precautions on the back β to write this page) Refer to Figure 6 below. In this embodiment, regarding the size of the nozzle 5 5 0, when the coupling 1 5 3 At the time of elongation, the depth D is set to 250mm, and the depth D1 of the suction nozzle, the depth D2 of the foundation protruding on both sides, and the depth on the ends on both sides 〇3 are 1 3 7mm, 9 6mm, and 8 respectively. 7mm. In this embodiment, since the length D 4 of the coupling member 15 0 7 is set to 50 mm, the length attached to the extension tube 400 is set to 254 mm. Further, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 8, the height Η and width W of the nozzle body 100 0 0 are set to 61 mm and 289 mm, respectively, and the width W1 of the inlet 1010 is set to 2 1 6 mm. Since the suction nozzle 550 in this embodiment is configured to easily remove the upper cover 1002 before forming the top portion, the dust suction performance can be improved. The front cover 1 0 2 is structured so that shrinkage marking and welding are difficult to produce during manufacturing and maintain strength. In order to achieve this effect, the nozzle 5 5 0 in this embodiment is configured as a non-coupling member 1 5 3 0 of the mounting portion 1 0 0 6 and the top of the nozzle 5 5 0 is previously covered with a cover 1 0 0 2 , And used to make the front cover 10 0 2 the consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed a removable switch lever 1 0 2 2 to be installed on the front cover installation part 10 3 1. This structure is explained below with reference to FIG. 8. As shown in FIG. 2, the suction nozzle 550 in this embodiment is configured to fix the front upper cover 1 0 2 and the front upper cover mounting portion 1 0 3 1 is installed on both sides of the rear upper cover 1 0 3. And the front cover 1 0 0 2 is in a movable state by sliding one pair of switch levers 1 0 2 2 (it is installed on this paper scale and applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) • 31 -490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (29) Installed on the front cover installation part 1031). As shown in FIG. 8 (a), in the front upper cover 1002, a notch 1036 is formed in a portion related to each switch lever 1022, and a mounting rib 1 0 3 7 having an L-shaped lower end 1 0 3 7 a is installed. Inside the notch 1 0 3 6. The switch lever 1 0 2 2 is attached to the front upper cover mounting portion 1 0 3 1 so as to slide laterally on the lower end 10 3 a of Li. Therefore, the switch lever 1 0 2 2 can be fixed at a position where the switch lever 10 2 2 overlaps with the mounting rib 10 37, and the switch lever 1022 can be moved at a position where the switch lever 1022 does not overlap with the mounting rib 10 37. In the configuration of this embodiment, it is not necessary to install the switch lever in the front upper cover 1002, and therefore, it is not necessary to form a rib for mounting the switch lever 1202. As shown in FIG. 6, vents 1016 are provided on both sides behind the top of the front upper cover 1002. The air vent 1 0 1 6 includes a thin slit portion 1016a, which is divided into a plurality of portions along the longitudinal direction of the suction nozzle 550, and the thin slit portion 1 0 1 6a forms a concave shape slightly lower than the vicinity. , And a stamped opening and the front cover 100 2 are integrated in the recessed shape. In the structure of the vent 10 10, the stamped opening that is not strong is formed slightly lower than the vicinity and is divided into many slits. Therefore, the strength of the front cover 1 0 2 itself can be increased and the impact resistance can be increased. The strength of the stamped opening. Furthermore, in the front upper cover 100 2, a control recess 10 2 3 for moving the front upper cover 100 2 is provided on both sides. According to this embodiment, since the switch lever 102 and the front cover 1002 are separated, the front cover 1002 can be formed in a simple shape. Therefore, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -32-J ---; --------- install --- (Please read the note on the back to write this page first) ti ·.-鳑 · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 490299 A7 B7 5 2. Description of the invention (30) It can reduce the occurrence of shrinkage marking and welding due to the formation of ribs. Furthermore, this simple shape can make the front cover 100 2 lighter and improve the dust absorption and design. In addition, the switch levers 10 2 2 are installed behind a hard-to-vibrate surface and are configured so that they are hardly damaged by an external force, even when they are in contact with furniture. When the front cover 1002 is provided with a vent 1016, its strength can be improved. Furthermore, when the front cover 1002 is provided with an air vent 1016, the front cover 1002 is removed and easily polluted. The air vent 1016 can be vacuumed from the front and the rear, so that the dust absorption can be improved. . Since the control recess 1 0 2 3 is provided on the side of the suction nozzle 5 50 (front cover 1002), the index finger or middle finger can be inserted into the control recess 1023, and the thumb is placed on the switch lever 1 0 2 2 and the switch lever 1 0 2 2 Slide the thumb and forefinger (middle finger) to slide outwards and unfit, and it can be easily removed by the suction nozzle 550. Furthermore, the switch lever 10 2 2 and the control recess 1 0 2 3 which are easy to collect dirt are installed on a vertical surface, so it is difficult to collect dirt. Furthermore, the front cover 100 2 can be easily installed and the top of the suction nozzle 5 50 is round and flat. The front cover 1002 and the rear cover 1003 are continuous, so the dirt can be easily removed. In FIG. 7, in the lower case 1001, most of the wheels 1200 are arranged to move the entire suction nozzle 550 in the longitudinal direction V2 and the transverse direction VI, and leave a fixed space between the bottom of the suction nozzle 5500 and the suction surface. Related to the wheel 1200, a pair of front wheels 1261 are arranged here. The paper size of the nozzle applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) -33- i I — J! — —!-装 i · ( Please read the note on the back B first to write this page) Order ·· Embroidery · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Employees' Cooperatives 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (31) 5 5 0 The rear wheels 1 2 6 2 are arranged behind them, a pair of final wheels 1 2 6 3 are used to receive the pressure for the vacuuming surface when the vacuum cleaner 1 is in use, and the moving wheels 1 2 6 4 are used when the suction nozzle 550 is in the transverse direction VI When moving up, it protrudes from the bottom. The front wheels 1 2 6 1 and the rear wheels 1 2 6 2 are arranged opposite each other. That is to say, as described above, in the radial extension of the turbine 1012 of the lower casing 1001, a pair of front wheels 1 2 6 1 and a pair of rear wheels 1 2 6 2 are arranged to remain under the turbine 1 0 1 2 The space between the entrance 1010 and the vacuum floor is constant. Furthermore, when the large final wheel 1 2 6 3 is installed on the lower part of the coupling member 15 3 0 where the force of the handle 3 0 0 is most commonly used to increase the rigidity and mobility, even if applied by the handle 3 0 0 Force to the coupling 1530, this force will be absorbed by the last wheel 1263, and the space between the entrance 1010 and the vacuum floor remains fixed. As described above, the biggest feature of the suction nozzle 5 50 in this embodiment is that it can move in the longitudinal direction V 2 and in the transverse direction V 1. In order to complete the movement in the lateral direction V 1, in this embodiment, a pair of moving wheels 1 2 6 4 is installed below the second rotating shaft 1 3 5 5 as shown in FIG. 11. The front wheels 1261, the rear wheels 1262, and the last wheels 1263 have the axles on both sides of the suction nozzle 550 (longitudinal in the figure), as shown in FIG. 11 (b), and these wheels can be freely on the suction nozzle The 550 rotates on the vertical V2 (horizontal in the figure). However, the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 has a wheel axis, the direction of which is different from the aforementioned three wheels by 90 °, and it can freely rotate in the transverse direction VI (the vertical direction in the figure) of the suction nozzle 5 50. Furthermore, the moving wheels 1 2 6 4 are configured so that they are accommodated at the size of the suction paper under normal use conditions. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 34----- — — · II (Please read the note on the back first and write this page) Order · · --Embroidery-Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (32) In mouth 550, that is, When the twist angle of the handle is less than 90 °, and the handle twists 90 ° and the suction nozzle 550 rotates 90 °, and the suction nozzle 550 protrudes, BU — ILIII — — — — Heavy window. (Please read the ^ J (I write this page) and it becomes a horizontal VI (vertical in the figure). This structure will be explained in detail with reference to FIG. 11. First, as shown in FIG. 11 (a), in this embodiment, the protrusions' 1 $ 4 0 are respectively provided as a pair of sliding paths 1 5 formed on the rotation axis 1 5 0 3 surrounding the second rotation axis 1 3 5 5 3 9 on. As shown in Figure 11 (c)-Line-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the protrusions 1 5 4 0 are formed to be arranged on the brush-side coupling pipe 1 5 3 1 at a height. The angle of the direction is 90 ° position. On the other hand, in the lower case 1001 below the rotation shaft 1503, an opening 1541 is formed and a moving wheel 1264 is attached to the opening 1541. Each moving wheel 1264 includes a wheel base 1266, in which the front side of the suction nozzle 550, that is, the rear wheel side 1 2 6 2 is a rotating shaft 1 2 6 5, a wheel 1267 attached to the wheel base 1266, and a spring body 1268 (such as a coil spring, a torsion spring, or a leaf spring attached to the rotating shaft 1 2 6 4 and receiving the wheel base 1 2 6 6 inside the nozzle 5 5 0). The position and size of each protrusion 1 5 4 0 and the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 are set such that the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 protrudes from the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 at a position where the angle of the height Y is 90 °. In this embodiment, the protrusion 1540 is mounted on the slide path 1539. However, the protrusion 1540 can also be mounted separately. According to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 (b), in a state where the angle of the brush-side coupling tube 1531 in the height direction is not 90 °, that is, the twist angle p1 of the handle 3300 is less than In the state of 90 °, the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 is accommodated inside the suction nozzle 5 5 0, so the suction nozzle 5 5 0 can conform to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) according to the paper size. · 35-490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (33) The front wheel 1261, the rear wheel 1262, and the last wheel 1263 move smoothly in the longitudinal V 2 (horizontal direction in the figure). I J »I I J — — — — — — — — I ·-I I 12 Please read 1 ^ Back | < Secondary things 3 ^ Wo Yi page) On the other hand, in the state where the twist angle P1 of the handle 300 is 90 °, as shown in FIG. 1 1 (c), the coupling tube 15 is on the brush side. The angle of 3 1 in the high and low direction becomes 90 °. Therefore, the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 is protruded by the suction nozzle 5 50 and is separated from the rear wheel at intervals of t 0. 1262 and the final wheel 1263. As a result, most of the force of the handle 300 is applied to the moving wheel 1264. Therefore, the suction nozzle 550 can be simply moved in the horizontal VI (vertical direction in the figure) via the moving wheel 1 264 and the front wheel 126 1. Secondly, in this embodiment, the front wheel 1261, the rear wheel 1262, and the final wheel 1 2 6 3 are formed of a material suitable for sliding on a slip road, and the contact surface with the floor is made smooth, and its shape is a drum shape. . As a result, the wheel can easily slide in the direction of the wheel axis and even in the tilt direction, so the swinging efficiency of the nozzle 5 5 0 and the running efficiency in the transverse V 1 can be improved. In order to improve the swinging performance and running efficiency in the transverse direction v 1, it is necessary to install a sliding member having the same sliding member 1 1 0 0 as shown in FIG. 9 near the wheel 1 2 6 7 a. By using this structure, the swinging performance of the nozzle 5 5 0 can be improved. In particular, by using the wheel 1 267 a for the wheel 1 26 1 and the moving wheel 1 26 4 to move the suction nozzle 5 5 0 in the horizontal direction V 1 (the vertical direction in the figure), the horizontal direction can be further enhanced and improved. Mobility on V 1. In this embodiment, the wheel 1 200 is used to move the suction nozzle 5 50 to the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -36 · 490299 A7 B7 Consumer Consumption Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy India? Clothing 5. Description of the invention (34) Vertical and horizontal V. However, there is no such limitation. For example, a universal wheel may be used or a protrusion may be formed at a predetermined position of the wheel 1200 on which the suction nozzle 5 50 is arranged, and a sliding member 1210 is mounted on the protrusion. As described above, when the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 protruded by the twist operation P 1 of the handle 3 0 0 is provided at the bottom of the suction nozzle 5 5 0 of this embodiment, for example, the movement in the lateral direction V 1 to move along the When the wall moves the nozzle 5 5 0, the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 and the front wheel 1 2 6 1 can smoothly move the nozzle 5 5 0 in the horizontal VI (the horizontal direction in the figure). On the other hand, when the suction nozzle 5 50 is moved in the longitudinal direction (up and down direction in the figure), the moving wheel 1 264 is accommodated in the suction nozzle 550, so five wheels are used to make the front wheel 1 2 6 1 and the rear wheel 1 2 6 2 is arranged in the horizontal direction and the last round 1 2 6 3 is arranged in the rear center. By using a five-wheel structure, the running efficiency in the vertical V 2 is better, and the nozzle 5 5 0 can be stably supported even in tilting movement and swinging performance. In particular, in use, the last wheel 1263 is located on the user's side coming from the rotation shaft 1503 of the coupling member 1530, so the movement in the longitudinal V2 can be reduced, especially the suction when moving backward The tip of the mouth 5 5 0 floats. Furthermore, the rotating shaft 1503 of the coupling member 1530 is installed between the five wheels, so even if the suction nozzle 5500 swings and rotates through the handle 300, the tilt of the suction nozzle 5500 can be reduced. Furthermore, the wheels 1 2 0 0 are arranged at each corner of the suction nozzle 5 50, so that the braking during rotation can be reduced. Secondly, the dust guide mechanism 1 3 0 0 is installed on the nozzle, please read the note on the back first and write this page) i equipment-embroidery-this paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) -37-490299 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7____ V. Description of the invention (35) 5 5 The entrance on the bottom 1 0 1.0 and the front of the pressure control board 1 3 0 1 0 1 0 behind. The guide mechanism 1 300 has a function of effectively sucking dust which is not easily sucked by the flat portion 1 3 2 formed between the entrance and the tip of the nozzle 5 50. For example, in the conventional nozzle, when the tip of the nozzle is in contact with the wall surface, the dust on the floor under the flat part 1 2 is sucked in only by the flowing energy of the sucked air. The guide mechanism 1300 in this embodiment is used to effectively suck dust that is not easily sucked. In this embodiment, in order to solve this problem, the guide mechanism is configured to arrange a plurality of brush strips 1 3 1 1 in which a nylon brush bundle 1 3 1 0 having long legs is arranged in series on a flat portion 1 3 0 2 of vertical and horizontal. In this example, as shown in FIG. 7, the brush strips 1 3 1 1 are arranged symmetrically and obliquely around the center, so that each brush strip is focused on the entrance 10 1 0 side. You can also directly fit and cluster the brush bundles 1 3 1 1 in the plane portion 1 3 0 2 or you can also cluster the brush strips 1 3 1 1 as a group on the brush table, and fit and install the brush table in the plane portion Serving 1 3 0 2. With such a guiding mechanism 1 3 0, a flow path 1 3 1 2 of the air flow is formed between the brush bars 1 3 1 1. Therefore, the flow of the air flow can be accelerated through the flow path and dust can be easily absorbed. Furthermore, by moving the suction nozzle 550, the brush 1310 can be used to pick up the dust on the flat portion 1302 and easily suck the dust. That is, by moving the suction nozzle 5 50, it is possible to brush the bundle 1 3 1 0 to rake the dust on the flat portion 1 3 2 and guide the dust into the inlet 1 0 1 0 through the flow path 1 3 1 2. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the brush length of the brush bundle 1 3 1 0 is set to the paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) -38-• J --- · ---- ----- Dish --- < Please read the notes on the back first to write this page) ·-490299 A7 B7_______ V. The description of the invention (36), as shown in Figure 11 (b), when the suction nozzle 550 moves in the vertical direction (horizontal in the figure) The tip of the brush bundle 1 3 1 0 is almost in contact with the floor. That is, the nozzle 550 runs five of the front wheel 1261, the rear wheel 1262, and the last wheel 1 2 6 3. In this champion, the sharp end of the brush bundle 1 3 10 is brushed to the floor and the dust absorption can be improved by the aforementioned action effect. On the other hand, in the state shown in FIG. 1 (c), the nozzle 5 5 0 · is moved in the horizontal direction V 1 (the vertical direction in the figure) by the front wheel 1 2 6 1 and the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 and moves The wheel 1 2 6 4 protrudes downward and the suction nozzle 5 50 0 leans on the side of the front wheel 1 2 6 1 and drops forward, so the tip of the brush bundle 1 3 1 0 strongly against the floor. As a result, the dust on the flat portion 1320 is more strongly raked than the state of the brush bundle 1310 as shown in Fig. 1 (b), so the dust can be easily sucked. Furthermore, the guiding mechanism 1300 strongly presses against the floor, so the guiding mechanism 1300 replaces the front wheel support nozzle 5500, thereby improving the mobility of the nozzle 5500 in the lateral V1. The pressure-controlling plate 1 3 0 1 prevents the excessively energy-laden dust from flowing backward in the flow path 1 3 1 2 and allows the inlet 1010 to inhale the dust again. When the pressure control plate 1 3 0 1 is set in a state where the length of the tip protruding from the bottom is almost in contact with the floor, as shown in FIG. 13 (c), the airtightness of the portion below the inlet 10 1 0 can be improved. The following describes the coupling member 1530 in detail with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14. First, FIG. 12 (a) is a vertical cross-sectional view of the first rotation axis, FIG. 12 (b) is a horizontal cross-sectional view, and FIG. 12 (c) is the structure diagram of the lock ring. The first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 in this embodiment is constructed so that the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -39- — — — — — — — — — — II (Please write this page on the back of GTT first). Line · Printed by the Employees ’Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 Printed by the Employees’ Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The description of the invention (37) is highlighted in Rotary shaft 1 5 3 3 a above one end of brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and tubular and recessed rotating bearing 1 5 3 3 b below one end of outlet coupling tube 1 5 3 3 b Insert and assemble using elasticity of resin material 〇 In this embodiment, a lock mechanism 1 5 1 6 is provided to temporarily lock a position rotated at 90 ° in the lateral direction. For example, in this embodiment, a groove 1543 is formed in the sliding paths 1542a and 1542b between the rotation shaft 1533a and the rotation bearing 1533b, and a lock ring 1 534 is installed in each recess as shown in FIG. 12 (c). Slots 1 5 4 3. A lock ring 1 5 3 4 is formed to open a part of the ring, and a leaf spring action is provided to expand in the direction of both sides of the arrow. Furthermore, in the lock ring 1 534, the mounting portion 1 544 is provided at the center of the ring, and a protrusion 1 5 4 5 a is formed at the same distance as the mounting portion 1 5 4 4, and the lock ring The two sides of the deployment are facing each other. As shown in FIG. 12 (b), the lock ring 1 5 3 4 is fixed to the rotation shaft 1533a of the groove 1543 through the mounting portion 1544. Further, in the groove 1543 on the side of the rotary bearing 1533b, one pair of recesses 1 5 4 5 b of the mating protrusions 1 5 4 5 a is formed in a straight line position. With the lock ring 1 5 1 6, when the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the outlet coupling tube 1 5 3 2 are in a linear state, the rotation in the lateral direction is fixed, so the straight forward movement of the nozzle 5 5 0 can be improved. , And the suction nozzle 5 5 0 can be easily moved in the longitudinal direction. On the other hand, when attempting to rotate the suction nozzle 550 via the handle 300, the combination of the protrusions 1545a and the depressions 1545b (please read the note B on the back first to write this page) National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -40 · 490299 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Disclosure of invention (38), and the lock ring 1516 can be unlocked with a slight force. In this embodiment, a pair of protrusions 1 545 a and recesses 1 545 b are installed in order to improve the straight advancement of the suction nozzle 5 50. However, it is also possible to provide most of the depressions 1 4 5 5 b at a predetermined angle at a high frequency (45 ° or 90 °). 'FIG. 13 is another assembly structure of the first rotation shaft 1533. In this embodiment, the rotation shaft 1533a and the rotation bearing 1533b are mounted in a movable state via a movable fixing screw 1 5 4 9. In this embodiment, two annular protrusions 1550 are provided on the sliding path 1542a of the rotation shaft 1533a, and an annular depression 1551 is formed near the rotation shaft 1535. On the other hand, on the rotation bearing 1533b, an opening window 1552 is formed at a position related to the depression 1 5 5 1. When considering the rotation of the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3, the two open windows 1 5 5 2 are provided at relative positions. Set screws 1 5 4 9 are arranged to extend above the open window 1 5 5 2 and the recess 1 5 5 1. The fixing screws 1 5 4 9 are formed by opening windows 1 5 5 2 using the elasticity of the resin material in a movable state. For example, in this embodiment, the fixing screw 1 5 4 9 includes an arc-shaped portion 1 5 4 9 a to match the shape of the recess 1551, and a body 1549b, which is structured to fit the opening window 1 5 5 2 and its inner side is made of Into a thinner. When the fixing screw 1 5 4 9 is installed, it is inserted and attached by the curved portion 1 5 4 9 a in the opening window 1552, and when the fixing screw 1549 is moved, the jig is inserted into the hole of the body 1549b, and the body The tip of 1549b is pulled out using the elasticity of resin material. Fixing screws 1 5 4 9 and depressions 1 5 5 1 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -41 · Please read the precautions on the back first to write this page) 490299 A7 B7 5. The size of the invention description (39) is set so that the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 will not loosen and can rotate smoothly. Furthermore, in this embodiment, a locking mechanism 1 5 1 6 including a protrusion 1 5 4 5 a and a recess 1 5 4 5 b is provided on a contact surface between the fixing screw _ 1549 and the recess 1551. For example, in this embodiment, the protrusion 1545a is provided at the tip of the body 1549b, and the recess 1545b is provided at a predetermined position of the recess 1551. Therefore, the protrusion 1 545a and the recess 1 545b may be made of resin material using the fixing screws 1 5 4 9 Flexible and smooth locking or unlocking. By using this structure, the assembling operation of the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 can be improved, and the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 can be easily disassembled by moving the fixing screw 1 5 4 9. Therefore, maintenance can be improved. Capability and vacuum. Furthermore, the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3 can be simply locked at a predetermined position. In this embodiment, a fixing screw 1 549 having a lock mechanism 1516 is used. However, the locking mechanism 1 5 1 6 can still be separated from the fixing screw 1 5 4 9. The lock mechanism 1 5 5 3 of the second rotating shaft will be described below with reference to FIG. 14. In Fig. 14, Fig. (A) is a structural diagram of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 31, and Figs. (B) and (c) are the main parts of the suction nozzle 5 5 0 when the handle 300 is stored upright. Cross-section view. In this embodiment, the handle 300 can be accommodated upright to be disposed above the suction nozzle 550, wherein the suction nozzle 550, the extension tube 400, and the handle 300 are connected. In order to maintain such an accommodated state, in this embodiment, a lock mechanism 1 5 5 3 is provided in the second rotation shaft 1 5 3 5. Lock mechanism This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -42-• VIII — — — — — — — — — II {Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) Order :-· Line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (40) 1 5 5 3 Contains the protrusion provided on the sliding path 1 5 3 5 of the second rotation axis 1 5 3 5 1 5 5 4 and a depression 1 0 3 8 provided in the sliding path of the bearing 1 0 1 8 of the lower case 1 0 1. By forming a u-shaped notch in a part of the sliding path 1 5 3 9 and providing a protrusion 1 5 5 4 on the free end, the protrusion 1 5 5 4 does not hinder the second rotating shaft 1 formed by the action of the spring 5 3 5 turning operation. The protrusions 1 5 5 4 and the depressions 1 0 3 8 are arranged so that the lock mechanism 1 5 5 3 locks the second rotating shaft 1 5 3 5 on the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the angle in the height direction Y becomes 90 ° In the state. By using this structure, as shown in FIG. (B), when the handle 300 is accommodated upright to be disposed above the suction nozzle 5 50, the lock mechanism 1 5 5 3 and the second rotation shaft 1 5 3 5 The locking mechanism 1 5 1 6 of a rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 is locked, so that it can be kept upright and accommodated. Furthermore, when the lock mechanism 1553 of the second rotating shaft 1535 is locked, the moving wheel 1564 protrudes and the suction nozzle 550 drops forward, so it can be balanced with the weight of the elastic tube 2 0 0 attached to the handle 3 0 0 And, therefore, a stable state can be maintained. Even when the suction nozzle 550 is moved in the lateral direction VI, the second rotating shaft 1 5 3 5 is locked, so the angle of the twist operation P1 of the handle 300 during this operation can be easily maintained. Furthermore, the lock mechanism 1 553 can be locked at a high frequency of use in the same manner as the lock mechanism 1 5 1 6 of the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3. In another application example, the locking mechanism 1 5 5 3 can be locked in a state where the angle in the height direction Y of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 becomes higher than 90 °. In this example, a protruding rib (not shown in the figure) in the depression 1 0038 and this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -43 · ίι — 4 — — — — — — — — — · II (Please read the notes on the back l!) Il · • Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Green Economy 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (41) Projection 1 5 5 4 each other Provided before mating, and feels a resistance before the lock. Therefore, when the angle of the twist operation P1 of the handle 300 is set to 90 °, and the angle of the rotation P2 of the suction nozzle 550 is set to 90 °, and the suction nozzle 550 moves in the lateral direction VI, the lock mechanism 1 553 does not lock. · 2 On the other hand, if the vacuum cleaner operates in a state where the angle of the twisting operation P1 exceeds 90 ° or the angle of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 in the height direction Y exceeds 90 °, the vacuum cleaner operates in a state higher than the aforementioned resistance feeling. At this time, the lock mechanism 1553 locks. Thereby, when the suction nozzle 550 is moved in the transverse direction VI, the second rotating shaft 1 5 3 5 is not locked and is in an upright receiving state, so that a stable state can be maintained more. Furthermore, in the accommodating state, it is not necessary to consider the operation of the suction nozzle 550 on the lateral VI, so that the lock state can be strongly set, and therefore, a more stable state can be obtained. In this example, in order to unlock the locking mechanism 1 5 5 3, it is preferably provided on the suction nozzle 5 5 0. The operation method of the vacuum cleaner 1 in this embodiment will be described below with reference to Figs. 1 and 15 showing the use state. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs — — — — — — · II (Please read the notes on the back Φ to write this page) Line · In Figure 1, first, in the vacuum cleaner 1 in this embodiment When the user holds the handle 300 in an upright state, he can vacuum the floor by operating the suction nozzle 5 500 through the extension tube 400. In this embodiment, the length of the extension tube 400 is set so that the extension tube 400 and the floor form an angle of 45 °. The handle 301 of the handle 300 is set to about 110 °. Therefore, when the angle of the extension tube 400 is 45 °, the user holding the handle 3 0 1 can easily move the extension tube 4 0 0 in the longitudinal direction. The brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 of the coupling member 1 5 3 1 is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x 297 mm) -44- 490299 A7 __ __ B7 in high and low paper sizes. 42) Turn up Y, so even when the nozzle 550 is moved in the longitudinal direction, the bottom of the nozzle 5 5 0 with the inlet 1 0 1 0 installed will not be isolated from the floor. In this example, because the extension pipe is inclined by 45 °, the rotation axis of the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 in the transverse X is inclined by 45 °. Therefore, the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 is not affected by the frictional force of the rotation shaft. It can easily rotate in the horizontal X, and even when the nozzle 5 5 0 moves in the vertical direction, the deviation of the nozzle 5 5 0 in the horizontal X can be reduced. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the lock mechanism 1516 is provided on the second rotation shaft 1533, and therefore, the suction nozzle 550 can advance in a more satisfactory straight line. In addition, when the suction nozzle 5 50 is moved in the longitudinal direction, it is supported by the front wheel 1261, the rear wheel 1262, and the last wheel 1 2 6 3 provided in the wheel 1200 provided on the bottom, and these wheels rotate as ordinary wheels. The shaft 1 2 1 1 rotates, so that straight forward movement can be improved. In this embodiment, in particular, by the last wheel, the floating of the tip of the nozzle 5 50 in the longitudinal direction can be lowered and a satisfactory advance can be obtained. Moreover, in this embodiment, by doubling the rotating brush 1 0 1 1 and the brush 1 2 1 4 of the guide mechanism 1 3 0 0, the dust on the floor will be doubled up and the suction efficiency can be increased. . Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, the straight line of the extension tube 4 0 0 is inclined at 45 ° in the normal state. The rotation in the direction Y and the rotation in the lateral direction X with the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 increase. However, it is also possible to perform the rotation in the lateral direction X by using the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the rotation in the high-low direction Y by using the outlet coupling tube 1 5 3 2. In this reverse configuration, the turning operation of the suction nozzle 5 50 is performed in the same manner as in the previous embodiment. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -45 · C ^ 9 02 49 A7 _____B7____ V. Description of the invention (43) However, it will cause a problem in the straight line, so it must be A lock mechanism 1 5 1 6 is provided to prevent rotation in the lateral direction X. In this embodiment, with the operation P 1 for twisting the handle 3 0 1 of the handle 3 0 0, the direction (rotation P 2) of the suction nozzle 5 5 0 can be changed to be linked with the rotation of the handle 300. For example, in the state where the handle 3 0 1 and the suction nozzle 5 50 shown by the solid line in FIG. 1 are opposite to each other in a straight line and suitable for straight running, when the handle 301 is twisted by 45 °, the direction of the suction nozzle 550 can also be coupled by The piece moves 1 5 3 0 and tilts 4 5 °. In this state, since the wheel 1 2 5 of the nozzle 5 50 is slid to the side, the nozzle 5 5 0 can be tilted and moved in the longitudinal direction. For example, due to the forward obstacle, this method can extremely effectively vacuum a relatively narrow part. When the direction of the nozzle 5 50 is changed, the direction of the wheel 1 2 0 0 is also changed. Therefore, if the handle is rotated, the process of the nozzle 5 5 0 can be easily changed. As shown by the dotted line in FIG. 1, when the handle 301 is twisted by 90 °, the direction of the suction nozzle 5 50 can also be tilted by 90 ° in the horizontal direction by the action of the coupling member 1530. In this state, the moving wheel 1 2 6 4 of the suction nozzle 5 5 0 protrudes from the bottom by the action of the coupling member 15 30. Since the nozzle 5 5 0 is supported by the moving wheel 1264 and the front wheel 1261, the nozzle 550 can be moved in the longitudinal direction (horizontal V 1 in the figure), and the nozzle is just next to it. Furthermore, since the angle of the second rotation axis in the height direction Y becomes 90 °, the coupling member 1530 is included in the protruding area of the nozzle body 1000, so the nozzle 5 5 0 in this embodiment can be extremely effective Vacuuming a narrow gap. Furthermore, in the use state, the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 2 is located at the lateral center side (side) of the suction nozzle 5 50 0, so the paper size can be reduced. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -46-Ι-Ill — — — — — — — I ·· II (Please read the notes on the back first and write this page) Order ·-Line-Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (44) The deviation of the entrance in the horizontal direction can improve the operation efficiency. Furthermore, in the suction nozzle 550 of this embodiment, the two rotation shafts of the coupling member 1530 can be rotated independently or simultaneously. Therefore, this structure can be made quite delicate, and the capacity can be improved. small. Fig. 10 shows an angle 0 ° of the first rotation axis 1 3 3 5 in the height direction γ and an angle 180 ° of the second rotation axis 1533 in the lateral X direction. In this state, on the center of the nozzle main body 1000 in the longitudinal direction, the exit coupling 15 2 is arranged like a bird crown. Figure 16 shows the angle 90 ° of the first rotation axis 1 5 3 5 in the height direction Y and the angle 90 ° of the second rotation axis 1 5 3 3 in the lateral direction X. In this state, the outlet coupling pipe 1532 is arranged on one side of the center of the nozzle body 1000 in the longitudinal direction. Furthermore, in the state shown in FIG. 16, the coupling member 1530 is included in the protruding area of the nozzle body 1000. Therefore, the mounting area can be made smaller than the state shown in FIG. 23. As mentioned before, in this embodiment, two states can be appropriately selected for accommodation or packaging, and the vacuum cleaner can also be accommodated or packaged. Therefore, the space for accommodation or packaging can be made smaller. Furthermore, when the lock mechanism is set to lock in the aforementioned state, the accommodating state can be made more stable. Next, the operation principle of the suction nozzle 5 50 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 17. The vacuum cleaner 1 in this embodiment can transmit the rotation P 1 of the twisting operation of the handle 300 to the rotation P 2 of the nozzle body 1 〇 〇 〇. Its operating principle will be explained as follows. Figure (a) is a side view of the nozzle A 1 when the angle of Y is 45 ° in the high and low directions and the nozzle A 5 5 0 when the angle is 90 °. The paper dimensions apply to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) -47-_ —M * ϋ ϋ · • ϋ ϋ n i_i n ϋ I · I mmm (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page)-• Line · Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the employee's consumer cooperatives Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the employee's consumer cooperatives 490299 A7 B7_______ V. The description of the invention (45) and the figure (d) are the states when the angle of γ in the above-mentioned high and low directions changes from 45 ° to 30 ° A 3 side view of the nozzle 5 5 0. Figure (b) is a plan view and a diagram (c) of the state A 1 when the angle of γ in the high and low directions is 4 5 ° and the state of the nozzle A 5 when the angle of the twist operation p 1 is 90 ° A front view of the suction nozzle 550 in an A0 state where the angle of the twisting operation P 1 is 90 °. In the figure (a), in this embodiment, the first rotation axis is arranged between the tube axis B 1 of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the tube axis of the outlet coupling tube 1 5 3 2 (which are parallel to each other). The rotating surface F 1 of 1 5 3 3 is arranged parallel to the tube axes B 1 and B 2. The experiment in this embodiment proves that the turning of the twisting operation of the handle 300 (turning the tube axis B 2) is converted into a nozzle around the intersection point G 1 passing through the extension line F 2 of the rotation surface F 1 and the floor crossing 5 5 0 rotation P 2. Therefore, in the state A 2 where the angle of the high-low direction Y is 90 °, the intersection F 2 of the extension surface F 1 and the intersection G 2 of the floor through the turning surface F are just below the handle, so the handle can be easily executed. 3 0. 0 Twist operation P 1 rotation. On the other hand, as shown in (d), in the state A 3 in which the angle of the high-low direction Y is small, the intersection G 3 is far away, and therefore cannot be obtained unless it is applied to the twisting operation P 1 with a large force. Rotation of the nozzle 5 5 0 P 2. Furthermore, as shown in the figure, when the angle Y in the high-low direction is extremely small, the extension line F 2 passing through the rotation surface F1 does not intersect with the floor, so the rotation P 2 of the nozzle 5 50 cannot be obtained. In the description of the operating principle of this embodiment, the suction nozzle 550 is fixed, and the handle 300 is rotated and moved. Then, the first shape of the rotation operation is compared with the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297). (Mm) -48-(Please read the notes on the back to write this page first) t]:. • Dart-490299 A7 B7______ 5. Description of the invention (46) State A 1 and final state a 〇. (〇1 i 6) — — — — — — — — — II (Please read the notes on the back to write this page) First, as shown in (a) and (b), in the first state A1, pass The intersection G1 of the extension line F2 of the rotation surface F1 and the floor crossing is set almost at the center of the suction nozzle 5 50. However, as shown in (c) and (d), when the handle 3 0 0 is moved to the final state A 0 by applying the twisting operation P 1, the intersection of the extension line F 2 of the surface F 1 and the floor crosses The point G 0 is set on one side in the longitudinal direction of the suction nozzle 5 50. That is, in the normal operation state, the handle 300 is operated upward by the user to a predetermined position, and therefore, the rotation P2 of the suction nozzle 550 is performed by moving the intersection points G1 to G0 in the center of the rotation P2. --Line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Specifically, if the rotation of the twisting operation P 1 is applied to the handle 3 0 in the direction of the arrow E 1, the suction that was originally intended to be rotated in accordance with the twisting operation P 1 The mouth main body 1 0 0 0 can be prevented from being rotated by the floor. Therefore, the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3 is rotated by tilting the rotation surface F 1 and operates as if it is leaving in the direction of the arrow E 2. On the other hand, the second rotation shaft 1 5 3 5 is operated to receive the twisting operation P 1 on the entire bottom of the suction nozzle 5 50 and is slowly rotated, that is, by following and rotating the surface F 1 at an angle The rotating first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 interlocks to operate to increase the angle in the high-low direction Y. As a result, by changing the center of the rotation P2 from G1 to G0, the suction nozzle 550 can be rotated in the direction of the arrow E3. Second Embodiment Figs. 18 and 19 show another embodiment of the vacuum cleaner of the present invention. Figure 18 is a cross section of the nozzle and Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the operation of the nozzle. In this paper size, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 meal) -49- ^ 299299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (47) In the following description, the same or similar elements as in the previous embodiment are designated by The same reference numerals are omitted for explanation. The difference between the nozzle 5 60 in this embodiment and the nozzle 5 5 0 in the first embodiment is that the rotation surface F 1 of the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3 is inclined, and the other structures are almost the same as those in the first embodiment. the same. In the suction nozzle 56 CT, the rotation angle of the rotation P2 of the nozzle 560 is larger than the rotation angle of the rotation operation P1 of the handle 300. In FIG. 18, the suction nozzle 5 6 0 is formed to set the rotating surface F 1 as an angle of inclination 0. Therefore, the tube axis B 1 of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 and the outlet coupling tube 1 parallel to each other are arranged. The rotating surface F 1 of the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 between the tube shaft B 2 of 5 3 2 is high on the apex side of the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 and low after the outlet coupling pipe. According to this embodiment, the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3 is set to tilt the rotation surface F 1. Therefore, the rotation center of the first rotation shaft 1 5 3 3 is inclined, and therefore, the transmission path of the brush-side coupling tube 1 5 3 1 The transmission path with the outlet coupling pipe 1 5 3 2 may be continuous by an inclined transmission path. Therefore, the entire transmission path of the coupling member 1 5 3 3 can be gently continuous without large bending. Therefore, the obstacle of dust and noise can be reduced. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-rr — ll — — — — — — — — — — 11 (Please read the note on the back first to write this page)-Line · In addition, in this example, even The twisting operation P 1 of the handle 300 does not rotate at 90 ° when the handle 3 1 0 and the suction nozzle 5 60 are upright and are suitable for straight running. The rotation P2 of the suction nozzle 560 can also be set to 90 °. Therefore, the suction nozzle 560 can be operated with a small handle and a large operation. This operation principle is explained below with reference to FIG. 19. In Figure 19, figure (a) is a side view of the nozzle 5 600. The size of the paper is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -50-490299 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (48) shows the state A 1 when the angle of Y in the high and low directions is 4 5 ° and the state A2 when the angle is 90 °, and the figure (b) shows when the angle of γ in the high and low directions is 4 5 ° Plane view of state A 1 and suction nozzle 5 6 0 of state A0 when the angle of twist operation P 1 is 90 °, and figure (c) shows the suction nozzle 5 in state A0 of angle 90 of twist operation P1 View before 60, and figure (d) is an enlarged view of part of figure (b). In the figure (a), in the same manner as the nozzle 5 500 of the first embodiment, the nozzle 5 6 0 in this embodiment has been experimentally proven to rotate P 1 (rotating the tube) Axis B 2) is converted into a rotation P 2 around a nozzle 5 60 that passes through an intersection F 1 passing through the extension line F 2 of the rotation surface F 1 and the floor. However, unlike the first embodiment, since the rotation surface F 1 is inclined, the intersection point G1 between the extension line F 2 and the floor crossing through the rotation surface Γ 1 becomes considerably farther. Therefore, in the state A2 in which the height direction Y is at an angle of 90 °, the intersection G2 of the extension line F2 and the floor crossing through the rotation surface F1 is set forward from below the handle. However, if the inclined surface F 1 is not inclined too much, the turning operation P 1 of the handle 300 can be easily performed. According to the angle 0, the intersection G 2 can be arranged directly below the tube axis B 2. On the other hand, in a state where the angle of the high and low directions Y is made small, the angle at which the extension line F 2 of the rotating surface F 1 does not cross the floor is larger than that in the first embodiment. Therefore, the second embodiment is suitable An example where the operating frequency is high in a state where the angle of the high-low direction Y is large. Furthermore, in this embodiment, in the same manner as in the first embodiment, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 public love) -51- • »« — — (— — — — — — — — 1— · II (Please read the note on the back first and write this page) Order • Line-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs /% -9 02 9 A7-_____B7__ V. Description of the Invention (49) Nozzle 560 is fixed, and the handle 300 is rotated and moved, and then, the first state A 1 and the last state A 0 of the turning operation are compared. First, as shown in (a) and (b), in the first state A1, The intersection point G 1 between the extension line F 2 of the rotating surface F 1 and the floor cross is set on the front surface of the suction nozzle 560. However, as shown in (b) and (c), when the handle 3 0 〇 is rotated by applying When p 1 is moved to the final state A 0, the intersection point G 0 of the extension line F 2 of the surface F 1 and the floor crossing is set on one of the longitudinal sides of the suction nozzle 5 60. That is, this embodiment The basic operating principle is the same as the first embodiment. However, the biggest feature of the suction nozzle 560 is as shown in Figure (b). In the final state A0, the angle of the handle 300 in the transverse X exceeds 90 °. In the normal operation state, the handle 300 is operated upward by the user to a predetermined position. Therefore, the rotation P2 of the suction nozzle 560 is shown by a dotted line Therefore, when the twisting operation P1 of the handle 300 is rotated at 90 °, the suction nozzle 5 60 can be excessively rotated. That is, even if the twisting operation P1 is not rotated at 90 °, the rotation of the suction nozzle 560 can be P2. The setting is 9 0. The reason why the twisting operation P 1 is enlarged to rotate P 2 is because, as shown in (d), the rotating surface F 1 of the first rotating shaft 1 5 3 3 is inclined at an angle 1. a) Compared with (b), the angle 1 is 0 ° in the state A 2 where the handle 300 is upright, and the angle 1 is increased in the state A 0. That is, when the handle performs a twist operation P1 at a lower position, Compared to when the handle 3 0 0 performs the twisting operation P · 1 at a high position, it can operate the suction nozzle 560 more significantly with a smaller twisting operation P 1. Furthermore, when turning the surface F 1, this paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -52-BU — ILIII1I — — — · II (Please read the back first Note on this page) Order · · · Line. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7----- B7 15. When the angle of invention description (50) is increased, the same effect can be obtained In this embodiment, the nozzle using a rotating brush is mostly described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The driving method of the rotating brush is not limited to the air turbine system. Furthermore, in the foregoing embodiments, the present invention uses the < Description of vacuum cleaner body, elastic tube, handle, extension tube, and vacuum cleaner for nozzle. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a vacuum cleaner may also be used including a vacuum cleaner body having a fan for vacuuming; a nozzle that is attached to one end of the vacuum cleaner body in the longitudinal direction and connected to the fan; and a handle that is attached to the vacuum cleaner in the longitudinal direction. The other end of the body; wherein, the nozzle has a nozzle body to suck the dust and a coupling member to connect the nozzle body to the vacuum cleaner body and synchronize the rotation angle of the handle and the rotation angle of the nozzle transmitted through the vacuum cleaner body. In addition to the above, the present invention can be applied to a vacuum cleaner, such as a central vacuum cleaner, which is connected to an elastic tube, a handle, an extension tube, and a suction nozzle to a dust transfer path installed in a casing, or a hand cleaner which has a suction A mouth is attached to one end of the vacuum cleaner in the longitudinal direction, and a hand is attached to the other end. Second Embodiment Fig. 36 is a perspective view of a vacuum cleaner according to a second embodiment of the present invention. The number S 2 0 1 indicates that a vacuum cleaner body includes a control circuit and a motor-driven fan. S202 is a tube connected to the vacuum cleaner. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). 53-[丨!!丨 丨!丨 丨 Install i I (please read the note on the back first to write this page) Order · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (51) The entrance of the body S201, S203 is a tube abutment Hold by the user ^ — — L — — — — — — ——— Install i I (please read the note on the back to write this page) and connect it to one end, S204 is an extension tube connected to the tube base At the other end of S203, S205 is a nozzle connected to the extension tube S204, S206 is the switch operation unit installed on the tube base / S203, S207 is the first infrared emitter installed on the tube base S203, and S208 is the second infrared The transmitter is mounted on the tube base S203, S209 is an infrared receiver mounted on the top of the cleaner body S201, and (210 is a ceiling in a room. The operation of the vacuum cleaner in the second embodiment is explained below. When used When one of the switch operating units S 2 0 6 installed on the tube base S 2 0 3 is pressed down, a signal related to the depression of the switch is transmitted by the first infrared emitter S 2 0 7 and the second infrared light. S 2 0 8 radiates as an infrared Line signal. Line-The first infrared emitter S 2 0 7 is arranged to be almost vertical upward in normal use, and the infrared signal radiated by the first infrared emitter S 2 0 7 hits the ceiling or wall and reflects and reaches the cleaner body S. The infrared receiver S 2 0 9 of 2.0 is printed by the consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The second infrared transmitter S 2 0 8 is arranged at the grip end of the tube abutment so as to be almost downward when viewed from a horizontal direction. The infrared signal radiated by the second infrared transmitter S 2 0 8 directly reaches the infrared receiver S 2 0 9 of the cleaner body S 2 0 1. The infrared signal reaching the infrared receiver s 2 0 9 is built in the suction device via The control circuit in the body S 2 0 1 controls the sucker. The nozzle S 2 0 5 includes a nozzle body S 1 0 1 with an inlet. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male). (Centi) -54- 490299 A7 _ B7 V. Invention (52) s 1 1 5 to suck the dust on the bottom, and a coupling S 1 〇3 to connect the nozzle body s 1 0 1 to the extension tube , Operate so that the bottom of the nozzle body s 1 0 1 The operation of the tube abutment S 2 0 3 which finally touches the floor for conveyance via the extension tube S 2 0 4 and connects the air flow containing the dust sucked in by the nozzle body S 1 0 1 to guide to the extension tube S 2 0 4. The suction nozzle S1〇1 has a built-in rotating brush S110 to rake gray dust on the floor. The coupling S1 03 has a mechanism to connect the pipe base S2 0 3 to surround the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 Rotation in the high and low directions Y and lateral X, and the rotation P 1 of the twisting operation of the transfer tube base S 2 0 3 to the rotation p 2 of the nozzle body S 1 〇1. In this embodiment, the coupling member S 1 0 3 includes a shell S 1 04 attached to the nozzle body S 1 0 1 with free rotation and enabling rotation in the high-low direction Y, and an exit coupling member S105 One end is attached to the extension tube S204 and the other end is attached to the shell S 104 so that it can rotate in the transverse direction X. In this example, the moving direction along the longitudinal direction of the suction nozzle S205 is regarded as V1, and the moving direction perpendicular to the V1 direction and along the transverse direction of the suction nozzle S205 is regarded as V2. The V 1 direction is regarded as the lateral direction and the V 2 direction is regarded as the forward direction. As described above, the vacuum cleaner according to this embodiment transmits the operation information input by the user to the cleaner body S 2 0 1 using an infrared signal in the same manner as in the first embodiment to control the cleaner. Therefore, in This does not require the use of a cable for the tube S 2 02, and therefore the tube can be made lighter. As a result, the negative paper size added to the user on the tube abutment S203 can be reduced to the applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 55 · —rill — — — — — — — — — · II (Please read the note on the back first and write this page) Order ·· • Line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (53) It can improve the cleaner body S2.01 The traction travel and the operability of the suction nozzle s205. Since the coupling member S 1 〇 03 includes a shell S 1 〇 04, it is attached to the nozzle body s101 to rotate freely and enable rotation in the height direction γ, and an exit coupling member S 1 〇 05, one end of which is attached The ends of the extension tube S 2 0 · 4 and Wu are attached to the shell S 1 04 so as to be able to rotate in the transverse direction X. The direction of the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 can be changed by operating the tube base S 2 0 3. Specifically, when the tube base S203 is twisted by 90 ° (rotation P1), the nozzle S205 can be rotated at 90 ° (rotation P2), as shown by the dotted line in FIG. With this, with normal operation in the longitudinal direction, even the gap in the width of the nozzle body S 1 01 in the lateral direction can be vacuumed. When the leading edge of the nozzle body S101 hits the wall and the operation of the tube abutment S203 in a normal longitudinal movement is performed in this state, the nozzle body S101 is moved in the direction of the wall V1, and therefore, approaches The floor of the wall can effectively vacuum. The structure of the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 20 to 35. FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view above the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 in an embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view at the A-A part of FIG. 20, and FIG. Top view of the state in which the entrance cover S 1 0 7 of the mouth S 2 0 5 is removed, FIG. 23 is a rear view of the nozzle S 2 0 5 shown in FIG. 20, and FIG. 24 is a top view of the nozzle S205. 25 is the bottom view of the nozzle S205, FIG. 26 is the front view of the nozzle S205, FIG. 27 is the rear view of the nozzle S205, and FIGS. 28 and 29 are the parts B and B of FIG. 22 Specifications (210x297 mm) -56- -VIIJ — — — — — — — I ·-II (Please read the note on the back B to write this page first) " 0 i-line. System 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (54) LT ϋ .1 1% ϋ n I ϋ ϋ IH ϋ I · ϋ ϋ (Please read the note on the back first to write this page) The cross-section view above, Figure 3 0 It is a ruptured cross-sectional view of the outlet coupling S 105, FIG. 31 is a ruptured view of the shell S104, FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view on the C-C part of FIG. 28, and FIG. Cross section of the device S 1 0 6 and Figure 3 5 is a bottom view of the exit coupling S 16 6. In Figs. 20 to 26, the nozzle body S101 is the skeleton of the nozzle S205, and is vertically divided into two parts at a height almost at the center, and is formed by a lower shell S 1 0 2 and a lower shell S 1 arranged in a contour. The top of the 0 2 is formed by the upper shell S 1 0 9. Near the position where the lower case S 102 and the upper case S 10 are in contact with each other, a shock absorber S 106 is attached to maintain air tightness and prevent damage to the furniture. The wire and shock absorber S 1 06 is made of highly sliding resin. Fluoroplastic powder and silicone oil are added to the base material of the hydrogenated styrene-butadiene rubber and polypropylene alloy. When the shock absorber is used in It can still maintain high sliding performance when in contact with the wall when vacuuming against the wall. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In this embodiment, 5% of tetrafluoroethylene is added as a fluoroplastic powder and 5% of silicone oil is added to the base material. However, according to the required sliding performance, the fluoroplastic powder can be adjusted between 2 and 20%, and the silicone oil can be adjusted between 2 and 20%. As for the fluoroplastic powder, perfluoroalkoxy, ethylene propylene fluoride, and ethylene propylene fluoride ether can be used. In addition, with regard to the additives used to obtain sliding performance, inorganic lubricants such as talc, calcium titanate, graphite, or molybdenum disulfide, or organic can be added. The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) · 57-C ^ 9 02 49 A7 __B7____ 5. Description of the invention (55) Lubricants such as waxes, organic fatty metal salts, or lipid auxiliaries are added to the base material. As for the basic material, in addition to the foregoing, nylon 12 elastomer, polyurethane elastomer, polyester elastomer, polyolefin elastomer, polystyrene elastomer, and elastic polyethylene may be used. Nylon 12 elastomer can slide independently and can be used independently without additives. As described above, the shock-absorbing shock absorber S 106 is made of a highly sliding material. Therefore, when the suction nozzle S205 is moved close to the wall and the suction nozzle S205 is moved and the shock-absorbing shock absorber S 106 is in contact with the wall, operability can be improved. Furthermore, in this embodiment, a small protrusion S1601 as shown in FIG. 33 is provided on the protrusion forming portion S152, as shown by the diagonal line in FIG. 26, and therefore, it is located between the shock absorber S106 and the wall. Reduced contact area and enhanced sliding performance. In this embodiment, the configuration conditions of the minute protrusions S 1 6 0 1 are a protrusion diameter of 0 · 1 mm, a protrusion height of 0 · 1 mm, and a protrusion pitch of 0.2 mm. However, it is also possible to set the diameter between 0.5 mm to 0.5 mm, the locality of the protrusion between 0 lrnrn to 1 mm, and the pitch to be in the range of 0.1 mm to 1.0 mm. Above the nozzle body S101, an inlet cover S 1 0 7 covering the entrance S 1 1 5 and almost the upper half of the nozzle body S 1 0 1 is arranged in a movable state. A pair of mating protrusions S 1 3 5 are provided rearwardly after the inlet cover S 1 07 and on the side of the housing opposite to them, and are attached with a protrusion holding for sliding and holding the mating protrusions S 1 3 5 in the lateral direction. The paper size of the paper machine S 1 3 7 applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)-58- • ΙΓΙΙΙΙ — — — — — — — — II (Please read the notes on the back first to write (This page) Order ·· • Line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (56) Close lever s 1 3 3 ^ When the switch lever S 13 3 is operated in this configuration, the entrance The cover s 107 can be fixed to or moved by the nozzle body S101. Further, a handle protrusion S 1 3 4 is provided on the surface of the entrance cover S 1 〇7 with respect to the mating protrusion S 1 35, and a finger may be placed on the handle protrusion when the inlet 篕 S107 is attached or removed. S134, therefore, can improve the removability of the inlet cover S 107. The entrance cover S 107 is formed by injection molding. Therefore, the shrinkage mark of the resin can be displayed on the surface of the mating protrusion S 1.3 5. However, in this embodiment, the handle protrusion S 1 3 4 is provided on the surface side with respect to the mating protrusion S 1 3 5, so that the shrinkage indication of the resin can be made inconspicuous and the disadvantages in appearance can be reduced. The surface of the entrance cover S 1 〇7 is coated with UV-curable resin. Therefore, even if the entrance cover collides with the furniture under strict use conditions, the surface of the furniture will not be damaged, and even if the surface is contaminated, it can be easily removed This contamination, therefore, the surface outside the inlet cover S 107 can be kept vacuumed. Furthermore, the entrance cover S107 covers almost the upper half surface of the nozzle body S101. Therefore, when the outer surface of the entrance cover is coated in this embodiment, almost the upper half surface of the nozzle body S101 Vacuuming condition, so this design can be improved. Furthermore, since the intake air as 1 2 1 and the upper intake air as 1 2 2 are used to introduce fresh air, the rear side and the rear side of the inlet cover S 1 0 7 are provided, and the inlet is removed by the nozzle body S 1 0 1 When you cover S 1 0 7 and maintain the nozzle body s101, the dust will be collected easily after the air inlet. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) -59. (Please read the note on the back first Things to write on this page)

I 言 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 __ B7 五、發明說明(57 ) S 1 2 1和上入氣口 S 1 2 2附近可輕易的維護且可改善 維護能力。 在此實施例中,入口蓋S 1 〇 7塗覆以紫外線硬化樹 脂。但是,亦可使用矽酮樹脂以用於硬塗覆。 再者,在此實施例中,只有入口蓋S 1 0 7塗覆以紫 外線硬化樹脂。但是,若上殼S 1 〇 9塗覆以紫外線硬化 樹脂,亦可更加改善此設計。 當下殼S 1 〇 2塗覆以紫外線硬化樹脂時,下殼 S 1 〇 2可免於受到破壞且可降低與欲吸塵之表面之磨擦 係數,因此,可改善操作性。 在吸嘴主體S1〇1之後,安排有包含殻S104和 出口耦合件S 1 〇 5之耦合件S 1 0 3。 耦合件S 1 〇 3包含幾乎爲圓筒形之殼S 1 0 4和出 口耦合件S105,且殼S104和出口耦合件S105 安排成,如圖2 1所示,殼S 1 0 4之管軸B 1和出口耦 合件S 1 0 5之管軸B 2互相平行,且出口耦合件 S 1 05位於殼S 1 04之上方,和殼S 1 04和出口耦 合件S 10 5在一端重疊。 在重疊位置上和垂直轉動軸S 1 3 8平行處,一殼圓 筒S145安裝在殼S104上,且一出口耦合圓筒 S 1 46安裝在出口耦合件S 1 0 5上,和殼圓筒 S145置入出口耦合圓筒S146,因此,殻S104 和出口耦合件S 1 〇 5可繞著垂直轉動軸S 1 3 8轉動。 藉此,如圖39所示,出口耦合件S105可彎曲超 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)_ 60 - -ate— n ϋ LW ί I ·1 ·ϋ i& aa§ emmf 1- e · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) 訂: -·線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 490299 A7 B7_____ 五、發明說明(58 ) 過90°抵住吸嘴主體S101,因此,如圖37和38 所示,吸嘴S 2 0 5之體積可在包裝狀態時控制成較小。 因此,包裝盒可製成較小,且包括真空吸塵器之運送成本 和倉庫成本之運銷成本皆可受到控制。 再者,如圖30所示,當殻S104向上彎曲90° 抵住吸嘴主體S 1 0 1時,可更降低在包裝狀態之吸嘴 S205之體積,且可更降低運銷成本。 如圖4 1和4 2所示,即使當吸嘴S 2 0 5在吸嘴 S 2 0 5在起泡包裝狀態中銷售時,其中吸嘴S 2 0 5位 在由透明塑膠材料形成覆蓋整個吸嘴S 2 0 5之片蓋 S2001 和 S2003 和基台 S2002 和 S2004 間,且片蓋S2001和S2003和基台S2002和 S2 004固定。如果出口耦合件S 1 05和殼S 1 04 彎曲抵住吸嘴主體S 1 0 1 ,如圖3 9和4 0所示,可降 低吸嘴S205之包裝體積,因此,可降低在店中之售貨 面積和倉庫儲存面積,且可降低銷售成本。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 VI — 里— — — — — — —1- · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) --緯· 在此實施例中,上凸緣S147和下凸緣S148安 裝在殼圓筒S 1 4 5上,和一阻止器開口 S 1 4 9提供在 相關於介於上凸緣S 1 4 7和下凸緣S 1 4 8間之阻止器 凹槽S144之出口耦合圓筒S145之位置上,和一阻 止器S137由阻止器開口 S149插入,因此,殼 S 1 0 4和出口耦合件S 1 〇 5連接以繞著垂直轉動軸S 138自由的轉動。 在此實施例中,一調整突起S 1 6 0安裝在殻 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-61^ 490299 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(59 ) S104之上凸緣S147,和一調整凹槽S161提供 在相對於調整突起S 1 6 0之出口耦合件S 1 〇 5之位置 上(如圖3 5所示),和殻S 1 04受調整以相對於出口 耦合件S 1 0 5繞著垂直轉動軸S 1 3 8在左右方向轉動 9 0 〇 。 $藉此,吸嘴主體S1〇1在操作時不會轉向使用者, 如此可改善操作性。 一棘輪突起S162提供在阻止器S137上,且在 阻止器凹槽S 1 4 4中,一棘輪凹槽S 1 6 3提供在棘輪 突起S 1 6 2裝配在吸嘴主體S 1 〇 1向前之狀態中之位 置上。 藉此,當吸嘴主體S1〇1向側邊轉動時,棘輪突起 S162必須橫跨在棘輪凹槽S163上,因此,吸嘴主 體不會輕易的轉向側邊,且因此可增加在直線前進時之穩 定性。 在此實施例中,殻S104包含,如圖31A和 31B所示,兩部份,如殻體S164和殼片S165, 包括由殼S 1 〇 4之彎曲部份之內部份之中央而來之半區 域和其鄰近部份。 藉此,即使以射出模製,如圖2 1所示之殼S 1 〇 4 之彎曲部份之曲率半徑R c可相當大的形成且可降低噪音 〇 以下,使在耦合件s 1 〇 3中之流動是可見的,和當 彎曲部份之曲率半徑R增加而發生在彎曲部份後之空氣流 l· — — 1·!!! - ^^ · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 訂.· -線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 62- 490299 A7 ___B7 ____ 五、發明說明(60 ) -Lp I mMMm tm§ H ϋ ft— I ϋ ·1 I · I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 之剝離之狀態固定,且可確定此流動受到整流和噪音受到 降低。當噪音確實量測時,可得圖43A和43B所示之 値。由此可見,當出口耦合件S 1 〇 5和殼S 1、〇 4之彎 曲部份之半徑R c和Rp增加時,可降低噪音。 相關於藉由出口耦合件S 1 〇 5和殻S 1 〇 4之彎曲 部份之曲率半徑R c和Rp之最佳値之結合而降低噪.音下 ,和曲率半徑Rc=Rp=5比較時,可獲得15dB之 降低量,且在吸塵時可獲得安靜的操作聲音,和可獲得高 實際値之吸嘴S205。 錦· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 再者,相關於耦合件S 1 〇 3之高度方面,必須考量 實際的情形。例如,必須將吸嘴S 2 0 5放置在一床或一 桌下方以進行吸塵,且如果耦合件S 1 0 3之高度小於 100mm時,實用性便會喪失。因此,殼S1〇4和出 口耦合件S 1 0 5之高度亦有所限制,且決定於傳送灰塵 之物體,擺動狀況,和由於輕易握住而連接至耦合件 S103之延伸管S204之外徑,和殼S104和出口 耦合件S 1 0 5之最佳値受決定,且其理想値爲介於殻 S 1 0 4和出口耦合件S 1 0 5之垂直部份之中央間之距 離Η幾乎爲相關內徑D之兩倍或更小。此爲真空吸塵器之 吸嘴S205之獨特尺寸限制。 在此實施例中,殼S 1 0 4之彎曲部份之曲率半徑 Rc設定爲12·5mm。但是,殻S104之彎曲部份 之曲率半徑R c亦可爲1 0mm或更大。 雖然圖中未顯示,在此實施例中,殻片S 1 6 5以提 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐)-63- 490299 A7 B7 五、發明說明(6!) 供在殼片S 1 6 5中之爪配合和固定至殼體S 1 6 4。 L-Ill— — — — — — — — — · I I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項®寫本頁) 訂· -·絲_ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 殻片S 1 6 5亦可以超 s 1 6 4。 再者,在此實施例中, 合件s 1 〇 5之彎曲部份之 之形狀,出口耦合體S16 內耦合蓋S 1 6 8和覆蓋以 且出口耦合件S 1 〇 5螺栓 藉此,即使以射出模製 S 1 0 5之彎曲部份之曲率 降低噪音。 在此實施例中,出口耦 率半徑Rp設定爲10mm 徑Rp亦可超過1 〇mm。 在殼S 1 〇 4之吸嘴主 ,安裝有可繞著水平轉動軸 S171,如圖20所示。 轉動軸承S172和S S 109和下殻S 102上 轉動軸承S172和S17 至吸嘴主體S101以繞著 動。 擺動蓋S 1 0 8提供在 和在殼S104和下殼S1 音波熔接或螺釘固定至殼體 以如圖3 0所示提供在出口耦 外側部份中之開口 S 1 6 9中 6覆蓋以覆蓋開DS 1 6 9之 在其上方之耦合蓋S167, 至出口耦合體S166。 ,如圖3 0所示之出口耦合件 半徑R P可相當大的形成且可 合件S 1 0 5之彎曲部份之曲 。但是,其彎曲部份之曲率半 體S 1 〇 1之側邊上之部份上 S 1 7 0轉動之一對轉動圓筒 1 7 3分別安裝在上殼 ,且轉動圓筒S171設置在 3間,因此,殼S104連接 水平轉動軸S 1 7 0自由的轉 殻S104和上殼S109間 02間,且即使殻S104擺 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐)-64 · 490299 A7 ______Β7_____ 五、發明說明(62 ) 動時,在殼中之吸嘴主體S 1 Q 1側上之流動路徑 s 1 7 4之出口可提供一充足的流動路徑面積。 -l· I--.-------- -裝 i — (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 如圖2 6所示,在下殻S 1 0 2中,安排有一對前輪 S 1 2 5用以移動整個吸嘴S 2 0 5在縱向上和保持介於 吸嘴S205之下表面和欲吸塵之表面間之固定間隙,和 -*r 用^在吸塵器使用時,接收抵住欲吸塵之表面之壓力之滾 子 s 1 3 2。 在下殼S 1 0 2之前後,安排有用以保持在入口 S 1 .1 5內側之吸取壓力之壓力控制板S 1 3 0和 S 1 3 1。 前輪S 1 2 5以高滑動性樹脂形成,其中氟塑膠粉末 和矽油添加至氫化苯乙烯-丁二烯橡膠和聚丙烯之合金之 基礎材料中,且即使當吸嘴主體S101在V1方向移動 時,亦可提供滿意的運行效能。 --綉· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在此實施例中,5%之四氟乙烯當成氟塑膠粉末和5 %之矽油添加至基礎材料。但是,依照所需之滑動效能, 氟塑膠粉末可調整在2至2 0%,且矽油可調整在2至 2 0 % 間。 關於氟塑膠粉末,可使用全氟烷氧基,乙烯丙烯氟化 物,乙烯丙烯氟化醚。 再者,關於用以獲得滑動效能之添加物方面,可添加 無機潤滑油如滑石,鈦酸鈣,石墨,或二硫化鉬,或有機 潤滑油如蠟,有機脂金屬鹽,或脂質助劑至基礎材料中。 關於基礎材料方面,除了前述外,亦可使用耐綸12 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-65 - 9 02 9 A7 ______B7_______ 五、發明說明(63 ) 彈性體,聚尿彈性體,聚酯彈性體,聚烯烴彈性體,聚苯 乙烯彈性體,彈性聚乙烯,超高分子聚乙烯,尼龍6,尼 龍6 6,或聚縮醛。 耐綸12彈性體,超高分子聚乙烯,尼龍6,尼龍 6 6 ,或聚縮醛具有獨立的滑動性且可獨立的滑動且可獨 立的使用而無需添加劑。 如上所述,前輪S 1 2 5以高滑動性樹脂形成,因此 即使當吸嘴主體S101在V1方向移動時,亦可提供滿 意的運行效能。 在下殼S102中,在殼S 104之兩側上,支持用 於幾乎垂直於滾子S 1 3 2之橫向移動之輪S 1 2 3之一 對輪台S 1 2 0以可移動狀態受到支持。 輪台S120以彈簧S175向上壓,且當殼 S104由提供在殼S104上之輪移動突起S176向 上繞著水平轉動軸S 1 7 0擺動時,輪台S 1 2 0受壓和 突出於下殼之底部,而當下殼S 1 0 4向上擺動至最上位 置時,滾子S 1 3 2和地板隔離2 m m。 藉此,當吸嘴主體S101在VI方向移動時,殻 S104幾乎移動至最上位置,因此,滾子S132由地 板上升,且安裝用以幾乎垂直於滾子S 1 3 2而橫向移動 之輪S123。因此,即使當吸嘴主體S101在VI方 向移動時,亦可提供滿意的運行效能 再者,在下殼S102之入口 S115之前面,提供 一不均勻部份S140,和一對耙刷S176安排幾乎在 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐)-66· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項秦 裝--- f寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -J · 490299 A7 _B7 五、發明說明(64 ) 雨側上。 耝刷3 1 7 6以具有絨頭纖維織物之絨頭布製成,其 對纖維基具有一固定斜率且安排成使絨頭纖維向著入口之 中央傾斜。 藉此,當吸嘴主體S 1 〇 1轉向側邊並靠著牆壁在 VI方向操作時,在地毯上之灰塵由在入口前面之不均勻 部份S 1 4 0耙起,且由於絨頭纖維沿操作方向傾斜,灰 塵亦可由耙刷S 1 7 6有效的耙起,因此可改善靠近牆壁 之灰塵收集效能。 再者,凹陷S150和S151提供在吸震減震器 S 1 0 6之前緣中,因此,即使吸嘴主體S 1 0 1之前面 和牆壁接觸時,空氣流之流動路徑可受到保留,且風會吹 到不均勻部份S 1 4 0。因此,可改善灰塵收集效能。 由於在入口兩側上之凹陷S151大於在入口中央上 之凹陷S 1 5 0,空間可流暢且平順的流動,且可改善灰 塵收集效能。 耙刷S 1 7 6之絨頭纖維之尖端幾乎和前輪S 1 2 5 之接地表面在相同的表面上,因此,加在吸嘴主體 S 1 0 1之前面上之負載可分配至前輪S 1 2 5和耙刷 S 176,因此當吸嘴主體S 10 1在VI方向移動時, 可減輕加在前輪S 1 2 5上之負載。因此,可改善操作性 ,且可增強前輪S125之壽命。 用以耙起灰塵之轉動刷S 1 1 0安排在吸嘴S 2 0 5 之內側,和由提供在入口蓋S 1 0 7上之上入氣口 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-67 · —» — — 1— — — — — — — — — . I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) te· --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 490299 A7 B7 s S 口刷 }氣動 5 入轉 @後和 ㈣和,rx2 1 明發 輪 。 渦起 至耙 導到 弓受 受可 流’塵 氣灰 空且 之, 入動 導·轉 1 ο 00 1 ,卜||1— — — — — — — — - · I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐)-68-I. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention (57) S 1 2 1 and the upper air inlet S 1 2 2 can be easily maintained and the maintenance ability can be improved. In this embodiment, the inlet cover S 107 is coated with a UV-curable resin. However, silicone resins can also be used for hard coating. Furthermore, in this embodiment, only the inlet cover S 107 is coated with a ultraviolet curing resin. However, if the upper case S109 is coated with a UV-curable resin, the design can be further improved. When the lower case S 1 02 is coated with an ultraviolet curable resin, the lower case S 1 02 can be prevented from being damaged and the coefficient of friction with the surface to be vacuumed can be reduced. Therefore, the operability can be improved. After the nozzle body S101, a coupling member S103 including a case S104 and an outlet coupling member S105 is arranged. The coupling S 1 〇3 includes an almost cylindrical shell S 104 and an outlet coupling S105, and the shell S104 and the outlet coupling S105 are arranged as shown in FIG. 21, and the tube shaft of the shell S 104 The tube axis B 2 of B 1 and the outlet coupling member S 105 is parallel to each other, and the outlet coupling member S 105 is located above the shell S 104, and overlaps with the shell S 104 and the outlet coupling member S 105 at one end. At an overlapping position parallel to the vertical rotation axis S 1 3 8, a shell cylinder S145 is mounted on the shell S104, and an outlet coupling cylinder S 1 46 is mounted on the outlet coupling S 1 0 5 and the shell cylinder S145 is inserted into the outlet coupling cylinder S146, so that the shell S104 and the outlet coupling member S 105 can rotate about the vertical rotation axis S 1 38. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 39, the outlet coupling S105 can be bent to a size exceeding the standard of the Chinese paper (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) _ 60--ate— n ate LW ί I · 1 · ϋ i & aa§ emmf 1- e · II (please read the notes on the back to write this page) Order:-· Line-Printed clothing by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 490299 A7 B7_____ V. Description of the Invention The 90 ° abuts the nozzle body S101. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, the volume of the nozzle S205 can be controlled to be small in the packing state. Therefore, the packaging box can be made smaller, and the transportation cost including the vacuum cleaner's transportation cost and the warehouse cost can be controlled. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 30, when the shell S104 is bent upward by 90 ° against the nozzle body S 101, the volume of the nozzle S205 in the packaging state can be further reduced, and the cost of transportation and sales can be further reduced. As shown in FIGS. 4 1 and 4 2, even when the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 is sold in the blister packaging state, the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 is formed by a transparent plastic material to cover the entirety. The cover S2001 and S2003 and the abutment S2002 and S2004 of the suction nozzle S205 are fixed, and the cover S2001 and S2003 and the abutment S2002 and S2 004 are fixed. If the outlet coupling S 1 05 and the shell S 1 04 are bent against the nozzle body S 1 0 1, as shown in FIGS. 3 9 and 40, the packaging volume of the nozzle S205 can be reduced, so that it can be reduced in the store. Sales area and warehouse storage area, and can reduce the cost of sales. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs VI — inside — — — — — — — — 1 (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page)-weft • In this embodiment, the upper flange S147 A lower flange S148 is mounted on the shell cylinder S 1 4 5 and a stopper opening S 1 4 9 is provided between the upper flange S 1 4 7 and the lower flange S 1 4 8 The exit coupling cylinder S145 of the groove S144 and a stopper S137 are inserted through the stopper opening S149. Therefore, the shell S 104 and the exit coupling S 105 are connected to freely rotate around the vertical rotation axis S 138 Of rotation. In this embodiment, an adjustment protrusion S 1 60 is installed in the shell. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)-61 ^ 490299 A7 _____B7 V. Description of the invention (59) S104 The upper flange S147 and an adjusting groove S161 are provided at positions relative to the outlet coupling S 1 005 of the adjusting protrusion S 1 60 (as shown in FIG. 3 5), and the housing S 1 04 is adjusted to be opposite to The exit coupling S 105 is rotated 90 ° around the vertical rotation axis S 1 38 in the left-right direction. As a result, the nozzle body S101 will not turn to the user during operation, which can improve operability. A ratchet protrusion S162 is provided on the stopper S137, and in the stopper groove S 1 4 4, a ratchet groove S 1 6 3 is provided on the ratchet protrusion S 1 6 2 and fitted on the nozzle body S 1 〇1 forward Position in the state. With this, when the nozzle body S101 is turned to the side, the ratchet protrusion S162 must span the ratchet groove S163. Therefore, the nozzle body does not easily turn to the side, and therefore, it can increase the straight forward movement. The stability. In this embodiment, the shell S104 includes, as shown in FIGS. 31A and 31B, two parts, such as the shell S164 and the shell sheet S165, including the center of the inner portion of the curved portion of the shell S104. Half of the area and its neighbors. Thereby, even with injection molding, the curvature radius R c of the curved portion of the shell S 1 〇 4 shown in FIG. 2 can be formed relatively large and the noise can be reduced below 0, so that the coupling member s 1 〇 3 The flow in the middle is visible, and when the radius of curvature R of the curved portion increases, the air flow that occurs behind the curved portion l · — — 1 · !!!-^^ · II (Please read the precautions on the back first to write (This page) Order.--Line-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 62- 490299 A7 ___B7 ____ V. Description of the Invention ) -Lp I mMMm tm§ H ϋ ft— I ϋ · 1 I · I (Please read the notes on the back to write this page first) The state of peeling is fixed, and it can be determined that this flow is rectified and noise is reduced. When the noise is actually measured, 値 shown in Figs. 43A and 43B can be obtained. It can be seen that when the radiuses R c and Rp of the bent portions of the exit coupling S 1 05 and the shells S 1 and 04 are increased, the noise can be reduced. It is related to the reduction of noise by the combination of the optimal radius of curvature Rc and Rp of the curved portion of the exit coupling S 1 〇5 and the shell S 1 〇4. Compared with the radius of curvature Rc = Rp = 5 At this time, a reduction of 15dB can be obtained, and a quiet operating sound can be obtained when vacuuming, and a high practical suction nozzle S205 can be obtained. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Furthermore, regarding the height of the coupling S 103, the actual situation must be considered. For example, the suction nozzle S205 must be placed under a bed or a table for vacuuming, and if the height of the coupling member S103 is less than 100mm, the practicality is lost. Therefore, the heights of the shell S104 and the outlet coupling S 105 are also limited, and are determined by the dust transfer object, the swing condition, and the outer diameter of the extension tube S204 connected to the coupling S103 due to easy grip The optimal 値 of the shell S104 and the outlet coupling S 1 0 5 is determined, and its ideal 値 is the distance between the centers of the vertical portion of the shell S 1 0 4 and the outlet coupling S 1 0 5. It is twice or less the relevant inner diameter D. This is a unique size limitation of the vacuum nozzle S205 of the vacuum cleaner. In this embodiment, the curvature radius Rc of the curved portion of the shell S 104 is set to 12 · 5 mm. However, the curvature radius R c of the bent portion of the shell S104 may be 10 mm or more. Although it is not shown in the figure, in this embodiment, the shell sheet S 1 6 5 applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) -63- 490299 A7 B7 to the paper size. V. Description of the invention (6! ) The claws provided in the housing piece S 1 6 5 are fitted and fixed to the housing S 1 6 4. L-Ill — — — — — — — — — — II < Please read the notes on the back side first → Write this page) Order ·-· Silk_Shell sheet S 1 6 5 Can also be super s 1 6 4. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the shape of the bent portion of the joint s 1 〇 5, the inner coupling cover S 1 6 8 of the exit coupling body S16 and the cover and the bolt of the exit coupling S 1 〇 5 thereby, even if Reduce the noise by the curvature of the curved part of the injection molded S 105. In this embodiment, the exit coupling radius Rp is set to 10mm and the diameter Rp can also exceed 10mm. The nozzle main body of the casing S 104 is provided with a horizontal rotation axis S171, as shown in FIG. 20. Rotary bearings S172 and S 109 and the lower case S 102 are rotated to the nozzle body S101 to rotate around the bearings S172 and S17. The swing cover S 1 0 8 is provided with sonic welding or screw fixing to the housing S104 and the lower housing S1 to the housing to provide an opening S 1 6 9 in the outer coupling as shown in FIG. 30 to cover Open the coupling cover S167 above DS 1 6 9 to the exit coupling body S166. As shown in Figure 30, the exit coupling radius R P can be formed relatively large and can be bent with the curved portion of the component S 105. However, the curvature half of the curved part S 1 〇1 on the side of the part S 1 70 is rotated and a pair of rotating cylinders 1 7 3 are respectively installed on the upper shell, and the rotating cylinder S171 is set at 3 Therefore, the shell S104 is connected between the horizontal swivel axis S 1 70 free swing shell S104 and the upper shell S109 02, and even if the paper size of the shell S104 is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 mm) ) -64 · 490299 A7 ______ Β7 _____ V. Description of the Invention (62) When moving, the outlet of the flow path s 1 7 4 on the nozzle body S 1 Q 1 side in the shell can provide a sufficient flow path area. -l · I --.-------- -install i — (please read the notes on the back to write this page) As shown in Figure 26, in the lower shell S 102, there is a pair The front wheel S 1 2 5 is used to move the entire suction nozzle S 2 0 5 in a longitudinal direction and maintain a fixed gap between the surface below the suction nozzle S205 and the surface to be vacuumed, and-* r is used when the vacuum cleaner is used to receive Roller s 1 3 2 against the pressure of the surface to be vacuumed. Before and after the lower shell S 1 0 2, pressure control plates S 1 3 0 and S 1 3 1 are arranged to maintain the suction pressure inside the inlet S 1 .1 5. The front wheel S 1 2 5 is formed of a highly sliding resin, in which a fluoroplastic powder and silicone oil are added to a base material of an alloy of hydrogenated styrene-butadiene rubber and polypropylene, and even when the nozzle body S101 moves in the V1 direction , Can also provide satisfactory operating performance. -Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this example, 5% of tetrafluoroethylene is added as a fluoroplastic powder and 5% of silicone oil is added to the base material. However, according to the required sliding performance, the fluoroplastic powder can be adjusted between 2 and 20%, and the silicone oil can be adjusted between 2 and 20%. As for the fluoroplastic powder, perfluoroalkoxy, ethylene propylene fluoride, and ethylene propylene fluoride ether can be used. Furthermore, with regard to additives for obtaining sliding performance, inorganic lubricants such as talc, calcium titanate, graphite, or molybdenum disulfide, or organic lubricants such as waxes, organic fatty metal salts, or lipid auxiliaries can be added to In basic materials. Regarding basic materials, in addition to the foregoing, nylon 12 can be used. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -65-9 02 9 A7 ______B7_______ 5. Description of the invention (63) Elasticity Body, polyurethane elastomer, polyester elastomer, polyolefin elastomer, polystyrene elastomer, elastic polyethylene, ultra-high molecular polyethylene, nylon 6, nylon 66, or polyacetal. Nylon 12 elastomer, ultra-high molecular polyethylene, nylon 6, nylon 6 6, or polyacetal have independent sliding properties and can be independently slid and used independently without additives. As described above, the front wheels S 1 2 5 are formed of a highly sliding resin, so that even when the nozzle body S101 moves in the V1 direction, it can provide satisfactory running performance. In the lower casing S102, on both sides of the casing S104, one of the wheels S1 2 3 for lateral movement which is almost perpendicular to the roller S 1 3 2 is supported in a movable state. . The wheel base S120 is pressed upward by a spring S175, and when the shell S104 is swung up about the horizontal rotation axis S 1 70 by a wheel moving protrusion S176 provided on the shell S104, the wheel base S 1 2 0 is pressed and protrudes from the lower case. When the lower shell S 1 0 4 swings up to the uppermost position, the roller S 1 3 2 is separated from the floor by 2 mm. With this, when the nozzle body S101 moves in the VI direction, the shell S104 moves almost to the uppermost position. Therefore, the roller S132 is raised from the floor, and a wheel S123 is installed to move horizontally almost perpendicular to the roller S 1 3 2 . Therefore, even when the nozzle body S101 moves in the VI direction, it can provide satisfactory operating performance. In addition, an uneven portion S140 is provided in front of the entrance S115 of the lower casing S102, and a pair of rake brushes S176 are arranged at almost This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm) -66 · (Please read the notes on the back Qin Zhuang --- f write this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs- J · 490299 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (64) On the rain side. The brush 3 1 7 6 is made of a pile fabric having a pile fiber fabric, which has a fixed slope to the fiber base and is arranged so that the pile fibers are inclined toward the center of the entrance. By this, when the nozzle body S 1 〇1 turns to the side and operates in the VI direction against the wall, the dust on the carpet is raked by the uneven portion S 1 40 in front of the entrance, and due to the pile fibers By tilting in the direction of operation, dust can also be effectively raked by the rake brush S 1 7 6, thus improving the dust collection efficiency near the wall. Furthermore, the depressions S150 and S151 are provided in the leading edge of the shock absorbing damper S 1 06. Therefore, even when the front face of the nozzle body S 1 0 is in contact with the wall, the flow path of the air flow can be retained, and the wind will Blow to uneven part S 1 4 0. Therefore, dust collection performance can be improved. Since the depression S151 on both sides of the entrance is larger than the depression S 150 on the entrance center, the space can flow smoothly and smoothly, and the dust collection performance can be improved. The tip of the pile fiber of the rake brush S 1 7 6 is almost on the same surface as the ground surface of the front wheel S 1 2 5. Therefore, the load applied to the front surface of the nozzle body S 1 0 1 can be distributed to the front wheel S 1 25 and rake brush S 176, so when the nozzle body S 10 1 moves in the VI direction, the load on the front wheel S 1 2 5 can be reduced. Therefore, the operability can be improved, and the life of the front wheel S125 can be enhanced. A rotating brush S 1 1 0 for raking dust is arranged inside the suction nozzle S 2 0 5 and an air inlet provided on the inlet cover S 1 7. The paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4. (210 X 297 mm) -67 · — »— — 1 — — — — — — — — — —. II (Please read the notes on the back to write this page first) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative 490299 A7 B7 s S Mouth Brush} Pneumatic 5 Into @ 后 和 ㈣ 和, rx2 1 Mingfa wheel. Vortex to harrow to the bow to receive the flowable dust and dust, and enter the guide · turn 1 ο 00 1, Bu | | 1 — — — — — — — — — II (Please read the back (Notes to write on this page)-Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, this paper is printed in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm) -68-

Claims (1)

490299 A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 1 · 一種吸塵器,屬於具備有將塵埃與空氣流一同吸 入之手段的吸塵器本體,備有吸入塵埃的吸入口的吸口體 ,和形成將從前述吸口體之吸口吸入之麈埃導入前述吸塵 器本體的通風路的連接管, 移動前述吸口體,將由前述吸口吸入之塵埃介由前述 連接管,經由導入前述吸塵器本體,進行淸掃面之掃除地 加以構成之吸塵器中,其特徵係 前述吸口體係具有較深度方向之長度較左右方向之長 度爲長之吸口本體,和將前述吸口本體連接於前述連接管 之同時,形成向該內部導入塵埃之通風路的自由連結部; 前述自由連結部係各由樹脂成形品所成,於該自身之 內面,各具備形成通風路之筒狀下腕部和上腕部; 前述下腕部之一端和前述上腕部之一端係經由相互間 之筒狀部之內外周面間之重疊加以設置之第1旋轉部,呈 可旋轉地加以連接,前述下腕部之另一端係經由具有與前 述吸口本體之左右方向同方向之軸心的第2旋轉部,對前 述吸口本體呈可旋轉地加以連接,前述上腕部之另一部則 連接於前述連接管, 前述第2之旋轉部係將前述連接管對前述淸掃面,可 進行高低方向之旋轉,前述第1之旋轉部係可將前述連接 管與前述第2之旋轉部之旋轉方向正交之方向旋轉, 將與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之旋轉面,和與前 述上腕部連接之前述連接管之管軸呈略平行地加以配置, 於呈平面投影之狀態視之,連接前述吸口本體之左右方向 --------------裝·! (請先閱讀背面之注意事項m寫本頁) '0· --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -69· 490299 A8B8C8D8 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 和前述上腕部的前述連接管之管軸則可成爲略平行之狀態 地, 經由將前述連接管以該管軸爲中心地加以旋轉,可由 令前述吸口本體之深度方向呈掃除前後方向之狀態,向令 前述吸口本體之左右方向呈前述掃除之前後方向之狀態加 以變化者。 2 · —種吸塵器,屬於具備有將塵埃與空氣流一同吸 入之手段的吸塵器本體,備有吸入麈埃的吸入口的吸口體 ,和形成將從前述吸口體之吸口吸入之塵埃導入前述吸塵 器本體的通風路的連接管, 移動前述吸口體,將由前述吸口吸入之塵埃介由前述 連接管,經由導入前述吸塵器本體,進行淸掃面之掃除地 加以構成之吸塵器中,其特徵係 前述吸口體係具有較深度方向之長度較左右方向之長 度爲長之吸口本體,和將前述吸口本體連接於前述連接管 之同時,形成向該內部導入塵埃之通風路的自由連結部; 前述自由連結部係各由樹脂成形品所成,於該自身之 內面,各具備形成通風路之筒狀下腕部和上腕部; 前述下腕部之一端和前述上腕部之一端係經由相互間 之筒狀部之內外周面間之重疊加以設置之第1旋轉部’呈 可旋轉地加以連接,前述下腕部之另一端係經由具有與前 述吸口本體之左右方向同方向之軸心的第2旋轉部’對前 述吸口本體呈可旋轉地加以連接,前述上腕部之另一部則 連接於前述連接管, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項mi寫本頁) 裝 訂· --線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -70- 490299 A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 前述第2之旋轉部係將前述連接管對前述淸掃面,可 進行高低方向之旋轉,前述第1之旋轉部係可將前述連接 管與前述第2之旋轉部之旋轉方向正交之方向旋轉, 將與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之旋轉面,和與前 述上腕部連接之前述連接管之管軸呈略平行地加以配置·, 於^呈平面投影之狀態視之,連接前述吸口本體之左右方向 和前述上腕部的前述連接管之管軸則可成爲略平行之狀態 地, .經由將前述連接管以該管軸爲中心地加以旋轉,可由 令前述吸口本體之深度方向呈掃除前後方向之狀態,向令 前述吸口本體之左右方向呈前述掃除之前後方向之狀態加 以變化, 通過與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之前述旋轉面的 淸掃面的延長線,且正交前述第2之旋轉部之軸心的延長 線與淸掃面交叉之點,係令前述連接管對於淸掃面而言隨 著其立起,接近前述第1之旋轉部之正下方者。 3 . —種吸塵器,屬於具備有將塵埃與空氣流一同吸 入之手段的吸塵器本體,備有吸入塵埃的吸入口的吸口體 ,和形成將從前述吸口體之吸口吸入之塵埃導入前述吸塵 器本體的通風路的連接管, I 移動前述吸口體,將由前述吸口吸入之塵埃介由前述 連接管,經由導入前述吸塵器本體,進行淸掃面之掃除地 加以構成之吸塵器中,其特徵係 前述吸口體係具有較深度方向之長度較左右方向之長 --------!!-裝 i I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項ml寫本頁) · ;線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)_ - 71 - 490299 A8SC8D8 六、申請專利範圍 度爲長之吸口本體,和將前述吸口本體連接於前述連接管 之同時,形成向該內部導入塵埃之通風路的自由連結部; 前述自由連結部係各由樹脂成形品所成,於該自身之 內面,各具備形成通風路之筒狀下腕部和上腕部; 前述下腕部之一端和前述上腕部之一端係經由相互間 之筒肤部之內外周面間之重疊加以設置之第1旋轉部,呈 可旋轉地加以連接,前述下腕部之另一遡係經由具有與前 述吸口本體之左右方向同方向之軸心的第2旋轉部,對前 述吸口本體呈可旋轉地加以連接,前述上腕部之另一部則 連接於前述連接管, 前述第2之旋轉部係將前述連接管對前述淸掃面,可 進行高低方向之旋轉,前述第1之旋轉部係可將前述連接 管與前述第2之旋轉部之旋轉方向正交之方向旋轉, 將與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之旋轉面,和與前 述上腕部連接之前述連接管之管軸呈略平行地加以配置, 於呈平面投影之狀態視之,連接前述吸口本體之左右方向 和前述上腕部的前述連接管之管軸則可成爲略平行之狀態 地, 經由將前述連接管以該管軸爲中心地加以旋轉,可由 令前述吸口本體之深度方向呈掃除前後方向之狀態,向令 前述吸口本體之左右方向呈前述掃除之前後方向之狀態加 以變化, 通過與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之前述旋轉面的 淸掃面的延長線,且正交前述第2之旋轉部之軸心的延長 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) I!裝 ^ί 訂· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) .72 - 490299 A8B8C8D8 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 線與淸掃面交叉之點,係前述連接管對淸掃面呈4 5度角 度之狀態時,位於前述第1之旋轉部之正下之位置,自此 狀態更令前述連接管對淸掃面隨著其立起,前述延長線與 淸掃面交叉之點則接近前述第1之旋轉部之正下方的構成 者。 4 · 一種吸塵器,屬於具備有將塵埃與空氣流一同吸 入之手段的吸塵器本體,備有吸入塵埃的吸入口的吸口體 ,和形成將從前述吸口體之吸口吸入之塵埃導入前述吸塵 器本體的通風路的連接管, 移動前述吸口體,將由前述吸口吸入之塵埃介由前述 連接管,經由導入前述吸塵器本體,進行淸掃面之掃除地 加以構成之吸塵器中,其特徵係 前述吸口體係具有較深度方向之長度較左右方向之長 度爲長之吸口本體,和將前述吸口本體連接於前述連接管 之同時,形成向該內部導入塵埃之通風路的自由連結部; 前述自由連結部係各由樹脂成形品所成,於該自身之 內面,各具備形成通風路之筒狀下腕部和上腕部; 前述下腕部之一端和前述上腕部之一端係經由相互間 之筒狀部之內外周面間之重疊加以設置之第1旋轉部,呈 可旋轉地加以連接,前述下腕部之另一端係經由具有與前 述吸口本體之左右方向同方向之軸心的第2旋轉部,對前 述吸口本體呈可旋轉地加以連接,前述上腕部之另一部則 連接於前述連接管, 前述第2之旋轉部係將前述連接管對前述淸掃面,可 !!裝 i I (請先閱讀背面之注意事寫本頁) . 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -73- 490299 A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 進行高低方向之旋轉,前述第.1之旋轉部係可將前述連接 管與前述第2之旋轉部之旋轉方向正交之方向旋轉, - ----------裝 i I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項H寫本I·) 將與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之旋轉面,和與前 述上腕部連接之前述連接管之管軸呈略平行地加以配置, 於呈平面投影之狀態視之,連接前述吸口本體之左右方向 和前述上腕部的前述連接管之管軸則可成爲略平行之狀態 地, 經由將前述連接管以該管軸爲中心地加以旋轉,可由 令前述吸口本體之深度方向呈掃除前後方向之狀態,向令 前述吸口本體之左右方向呈前述掃除之前後方向之狀態加 以變化, 又,可得連接前述吸口本體之底部和前述上腕部的前 述連接管之管軸呈垂直狀態者。 --線- 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1,2,3或4項之吸塵器, 其中,前述下腕部和前述上腕部係於前述第1之旋轉部附 近,各別彎曲連結者。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 6 ·如申請專利範圍第1,2,3或4項之吸塵器, 其中,前述下腕部和前述上腕部係於前述第1之旋轉部附 近,各別彎曲連結,與前述下腕部之前述第2之旋轉部之 軸心正交峙之管軸,和與前述上腕部連接之前述連接管之 管軸呈略平行之構造者。 7 ·如申請專利範圍第1,2,3或4項之吸塵器, 其中,具有一端連接於前述吸塵器本體,形成向前述吸塵 器本體引導塵埃之通風孔的吸引管,和一端連接於前述吸 紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)· ~J4 - 490299 A8B8C8D8 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 引管之另一端,另一端與前述連接管連接的手邊握把; 經由前述手邊掃把將前述吸口體前述移動而可掃除之 同時,經由前述手邊掃把之扭轉,可將·前述連接管以該管 軸爲中心加以旋轉者。 8 . —種吸塵器之吸口體,其特徵係於下面具備吸入 塵Μ之吸口,由較深度方向之長度而言左右方向之長度爲 長之吸口本體,和於形成將自前述吸口本體吸入之塵埃導 入吸塵器本體之通風路的連接管,連接前述吸口本體之自 由連結部所構成, 前述自由連結部係各自樹脂成形品所成,於各自身之 內面,具有形成各通風路之筒狀下腕部和上腕部; 前述下腕部之一端和前述上腕部之一端係經由相互之 筒狀部之內外周面間被加以重疊地設置之第1之旋轉部, 呈可旋轉地連接,前述下腕部之另一端係將具有與前述吸 口本體之左右方向平行之軸心的第2旋轉部,對前述吸口 本體呈可旋轉地加以連接,前述上腕部之另一端係連接於 前述連接管, 前述第2之旋轉部係將前述上腕部之前述連接管連接 之部分的管軸,對於前述淸掃面可呈高低方向之旋轉,前 述第1之旋轉部係將與前述上腕部之前述連接管連接之部 位管軸呈可正交前述第2之旋轉部之旋轉方向的方向之旋 轉, 略平行地配置與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之旋轉 面,和與前述上腕部之前述連接管連接之部位之管軸,於 -------------裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項 寫本頁) 一·0- · · # 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •75- 490299 A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 平面地投影之狀態視之,連接前述吸口本體之左右方向和 前述上腕部之前述連接管的部位管軸可得呈略平行之狀態 y 經由將與前述上腕部之前述連接管連接之部分的管軸 爲中心加以旋轉,可自令前述吸口本體之深度方向呈掃除 之前後方向的狀態,變換至令前述吸口本體之左右方向呈 掃除之前後方向的狀態者。 9 ·如申請專利範圍第8項所述之吸塵器之吸口體, 其中,通過與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之前述旋轉面 的淸掃面的延長線,且正交前述第2之旋轉部之軸心的延 長線與淸掃面交叉之點,係令前述連接管對於淸掃面而言 隨著其立起,接近前述第1之旋轉部之正下方者。 1 〇 .如申請專利範圍第8項所述之吸塵器之吸口體 ,其中,通過與前述第1之旋轉部之軸心正交之前述旋轉 面的淸掃面的延長線,且正交前述第2之旋轉部之軸心的 延長線與淸掃面交叉之點,係前述連接管對於淸掃面呈 4 5度角度之狀態時,位於前述第1之旋轉部之正下之位 置,自此狀態更令前述連接管對淸掃面隨著其立起,前述 延長線與淸掃面交叉之點則接近前述第1之旋轉部之正下 方的構成者。 1 1 .如申請專利範圍第8項所述之吸塵器之吸口體 ,其中,前述下腕部和前述上腕部係於前述第1之旋轉部 附近,各別彎曲連結者。 1 2 ·如申請專利範圍第8項所述之吸塵器之吸口體 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 嫌 F«裝 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -76- 490299 A8B8C8D8 六、申請專利範圍 ,其中,前述下腕部和前述上腕部係於前述第1之旋轉部 附近,各別彎曲連結,與前述下腕部之前述第2之旋轉部 之軸心正交峙之管軸,和與前述上腕部連接之前述連接管 之管軸呈略平行之構造者。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -77- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)490299 A8B8C8D8 6. Scope of patent application1. A vacuum cleaner belongs to a vacuum cleaner body provided with a means for sucking dust together with air flow, a suction mouth body provided with a suction mouth for dust, and a suction mouth formed from the suction mouth of the foregoing suction body麈 Introducing the connection pipe of the ventilation path of the cleaner body, moving the suction mouth body, passing the dust sucked in by the suction mouth through the connection pipe, and introducing the cleaner body to the sweeping surface by introducing the cleaner body. The feature is that the aforementioned mouthpiece system has a mouthpiece body having a longer depth direction and a longer length in the left-right direction, and a free connection portion forming a ventilation path for introducing dust into the mouthpiece while the mouthpiece body is connected to the connection pipe; The free connecting portions are each formed of a resin molded product, and each of the free connecting portions is provided with a cylindrical lower wrist portion and an upper wrist portion forming a ventilation path; one end of the lower wrist portion and one end of the upper wrist portion are connected to each other via The first rotating portion provided on the inner and outer peripheral surfaces of the cylindrical portion is overlapped. It is rotatably connected, and the other end of the lower wrist portion is rotatably connected to the mouthpiece body via a second rotation portion having an axis center in the same direction as the left and right direction of the mouthpiece body. The connecting part is connected to the connecting tube. The second rotating part can rotate the connecting tube to the sweeping surface in a high-low direction. The first rotating part can rotate the connecting tube and the second. The rotation direction of the rotating part is orthogonal. The rotating surface orthogonal to the axis of the first rotating part and the tube axis of the connecting pipe connected to the upper wrist part are arranged in parallel, and the plane is flat. Depending on the state of projection, the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body connected to it is installed! (Please read the precautions on the back first and write this page) '0 · --- line-The printed paper size of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -69 · 490299 A8B8C8D8 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. The scope of the patent application and the aforementioned connecting tube of the upper wrist can be slightly parallel. By using the connecting tube as the axis, Rotating centrally, the depth direction of the mouthpiece body can be changed from the front-back direction, and the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body can be changed from the front-back direction. 2 · A vacuum cleaner, which belongs to a cleaner body provided with a means for sucking dust together with an air flow, a suction mouth body provided with a suction port for sucking dust, and forming a dust suctioned from the suction mouth of the suction mouth body into the cleaner body The connecting pipe of the ventilation path moves the suction mouth body, and the dust sucked in by the suction mouth passes through the connecting pipe, and is introduced into the cleaner body to sweep the sweeping surface, and the characteristic is that the suction mouth system has The length of the depth direction is longer than that of the length of the left and right direction, and the suction mouth body is connected to the connecting pipe, and the free connection part that introduces dust into the ventilation path is formed at the same time; It is made of a resin molded product, each of which is provided with a cylindrical lower wrist portion and an upper wrist portion forming a ventilation path; one end of the lower wrist portion and one end of the upper wrist portion pass through the inside and outside of the cylindrical portion between them. The first rotating portion 'provided with the overlap between the peripheral surfaces is rotatably connected. The end is rotatably connected to the mouthpiece body via a second rotation portion 'having an axis in the same direction as the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body, and the other part of the upper wrist portion is connected to the connection pipe, (please first Read the notes on the back mi to write this page) Binding ·-Thread · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -70- 490299 A8B8C8D8 The part can rotate the connecting tube to the sweeping surface in a high-low direction. The first rotating part can rotate the connecting tube and the second rotating part in a direction orthogonal to the rotating direction, and will be in line with the foregoing. The rotation surface of the first rotation portion whose axis is orthogonal to the rotation axis of the connection tube connected to the upper wrist portion is arranged slightly parallel to the connection surface of the mouthpiece body in a state of plane projection. The pipe axis of the connecting pipe in the left-right direction and the upper wrist can be slightly parallel. By rotating the connecting pipe about the pipe axis, the aforementioned The depth direction of the mouth body is in a state of being swept back and forth, and is changed to a state where the left and right direction of the suction mouth body is in the direction before and after the swept. The rotation surface of the rotation surface orthogonal to the axis of the first rotation part is 淸The extension line of the sweeping surface, and the point where the extension line orthogonal to the axis of the second rotating part intersects with the sweeping surface, makes the connecting pipe close to the first section as the sweeping surface rises. Directly below the rotating part. 3. A vacuum cleaner, which belongs to a vacuum cleaner body provided with a means for sucking dust together with an air flow, a suction mouth body provided with a suction mouth for sucking in dust, and a body formed by introducing dust sucked in from the suction mouth of the suction mouth body into the cleaner body. The connection pipe of the ventilation path, I is a vacuum cleaner configured by moving the suction mouth body and passing the dust sucked in by the suction mouth through the connection pipe to the vacuum cleaner body by sweeping the sweep surface. The length in the deeper direction is longer than in the left-right direction -------- !!-install i I (please read the note on the back first to write this page) ·; line · printed by the employee's consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size of the paper is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) _-71-490299 A8SC8D8 VI. The patent application scope is a long suction mouth body, and the aforementioned suction mouth body is connected to the aforementioned connecting pipe , Forming a free connection portion for introducing a ventilation path for introducing dust into the interior; the above-mentioned free connection portions are each made of a resin molded product, The inner surface each has a cylindrical lower wrist portion and an upper wrist portion forming a ventilation path; one end of the lower wrist portion and one end of the upper wrist portion are provided by overlapping the inner and outer peripheral surfaces of the tubular skin portion between each other. The rotation part is rotatably connected, and the other part of the lower wrist part is rotatably connected to the mouthpiece body via a second rotation part having an axial center in the same direction as the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body. The other part of the upper wrist part is connected to the connecting tube. The second rotating part can rotate the connecting tube to the sweeping surface in a high-low direction. The first rotating part can connect the connecting tube. Rotate in a direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the second rotation part, and make the rotation surface orthogonal to the axis of the first rotation part and the pipe axis of the connection pipe connected to the upper wrist part slightly parallel. If configured, viewed from a plane projection state, the tube axis connecting the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body and the connecting tube of the upper wrist part can be slightly parallel. The connecting tube is rotated around the tube axis, and the depth direction of the mouthpiece body can be swept back and forth, and the left and right direction of the mouthpiece body can be swept before and after. The axis of the rotation part of 1 is orthogonal to the extension line of the sweeping surface of the aforementioned rotation surface, and is orthogonal to the extension of the axis of the second rotation part (please read the precautions on the back to write this page) I! ^ ί · Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper is printed in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). 72-490299 A8B8C8D8 Printed by the Employee Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The point where the line of application for the patent and the sweeping surface intersect is when the aforementioned connecting tube is at an angle of 45 degrees to the sweeping surface, and is located directly below the aforementioned first rotating part. As the counter-sweep surface rises, the point where the extension line intersects with the counter-sweep surface is close to the component immediately below the first rotating part. 4. A vacuum cleaner, which belongs to a vacuum cleaner body provided with a means for sucking dust together with an air flow, a suction mouth body provided with a suction mouth for sucking dust, and a ventilation for forming the dust sucked in from the suction mouth of the suction mouth body to be introduced into the vacuum cleaner body. The connecting pipe of the road, the suction mouth body is moved, and the dust sucked in by the suction mouth is introduced into the vacuum cleaner body through the connection pipe, and the sweeping surface is cleaned. The feature is that the suction mouth system has a relatively deep depth. The length of the direction is longer than the length of the left and right mouthpiece body, and the free mouthpiece body is connected with the mouthpiece body to the connecting pipe to form a free connection part for introducing a ventilation path for introducing dust into the interior; each of the free connection parts is formed of resin The inner surface of the product is each provided with a cylindrical lower wrist portion and an upper wrist portion forming a ventilation path; one end of the lower wrist portion and one end of the upper wrist portion pass through the inner and outer peripheral surfaces of the cylindrical portion between each other. The first rotating part provided with overlapping is connected rotatably. One end is rotatably connected to the mouthpiece body via a second rotation part having an axis center in the same direction as the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body, and the other part of the upper wrist part is connected to the connection tube. The rotating part is to connect the aforementioned connecting pipe to the aforementioned sweeping surface. It can be installed i I (please read the note on the back first to write this page). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) (%) -73- 490299 A8B8C8D8 6. The scope of the patent application is to rotate in the high and low directions. The rotation part of the first .1 can rotate the connection pipe and the rotation direction of the second rotation part in the direction orthogonal to,-- -------- Install i I (please read the note on the back first, H write I ·) The rotation surface that is orthogonal to the axis of the first rotation part and the connection with the upper wrist part The tube axes of the tubes are arranged slightly parallel. When viewed in a plane projection state, the tube axes of the connecting tubes connecting the left and right directions of the mouthpiece body and the upper wrist portion can be made slightly parallel. Connecting pipe The tube axis is rotated as a center, and the depth direction of the mouthpiece body can be swept back and forth, and the left and right direction of the mouthpiece body can be changed to the state before and after sweeping, and the mouthpiece can be connected. The bottom of the body and the tube axis of the connecting tube of the upper wrist are in a vertical state. --Line- 5 ・ If the vacuum cleaner with the scope of patent application No. 1, 2, 3 or 4 is applied, wherein the lower wrist part and the upper wrist part are near the rotating part of the first part, and are respectively bent and connected. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6 · If the vacuum cleaner with the scope of patent application No. 1, 2, 3 or 4 is applied, the lower wrist part and the upper wrist part are located near the first rotating part, respectively. A tube axis that is bent and orthogonal to the axis of the second rotation part of the lower wrist part and a tube axis of the connection pipe that is connected to the upper wrist part is slightly parallel. 7 · The vacuum cleaner according to item 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the suction pipe has one end connected to the vacuum cleaner body to form a ventilation hole for guiding dust to the vacuum cleaner body, and one end connected to the paper suction scale. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) · ~ J4-490299 A8B8C8D8 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. The other end of the patent application guide tube, the other end is connected to the aforementioned connection tube The handle can be cleaned by moving the suction mouth body through the hand broom and twisted by the hand broom, and the connection tube can be rotated around the tube axis. 8. The suction mouth body of a vacuum cleaner, which is characterized in that the suction mouth for sucking dust M is provided below, the length of the length in the left-right direction is longer than the length in the depth direction, and the dust body to be sucked in from the suction mouth body is formed. The connection pipe that introduces the ventilation path of the cleaner body is connected to the free connection part of the suction mouth body, and the free connection part is made of a respective resin molded product, and has a cylindrical lower wrist that forms each ventilation path on the inner surface of itself. And the upper wrist part; the one end of the lower wrist part and the one end of the upper wrist part are rotatably connected to a first rotating part provided by overlapping the inner and outer peripheral surfaces of the tubular part with each other, and the lower wrist The other end of the part is a second rotating part having an axial center parallel to the left-right direction of the mouthpiece body, and the mouthpiece body is rotatably connected. The other end of the upper wrist part is connected to the connection pipe. The rotating part of 2 is a tube shaft of a part connecting the connecting pipe of the upper wrist part, and can rotate in a high-low direction with respect to the sweeping surface. The rotating part rotates the tube axis of the part connected to the connecting tube of the upper wrist part in a direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the second rotating part, and is arranged slightly parallel to the axis of the first rotating part. The intersecting rotating surface, and the pipe shaft of the part connected with the aforementioned connecting pipe of the upper wrist, are installed in --------------(Please read the precautions on the back first to write this page) · 0- · · # This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) • 75- 490299 A8B8C8D8 6. The scope of patent application for flat projection depends on the connection to the left and right direction of the mouthpiece body The tube axis of the connection tube of the upper wrist part may be in a slightly parallel state. By rotating the tube axis of the part connected to the connection tube of the upper wrist part as a center, the depth direction of the mouthpiece body can be adjusted. It is in a state where the front-back direction is swept, and it is changed to the state where the left-right direction of the said mouthpiece body is the front-back direction. 9 · The mouthpiece of the vacuum cleaner according to item 8 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the extension line of the sweeping surface of the rotating surface orthogonal to the axis of the first rotating portion is orthogonal to the second The point at which the extension line of the axis of the rotating part intersects with the sweeping surface is that the connecting pipe for the sweeping surface rises closer to directly below the first rotating part. 1 〇. The mouthpiece of the vacuum cleaner according to item 8 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the extension line of the sweeping surface of the rotation surface orthogonal to the axis of the rotation part of the first section passes through the extension line and is orthogonal to the first section. The point where the extension of the axis of the rotating part of 2 intersects with the sweeping surface is the position where the connecting pipe is at an angle of 45 degrees to the sweeping surface, and is located directly below the first rotating part. The state is such that the facing surface of the connecting pipe rises with it, and the point where the extension line intersects the facing surface is close to the component directly below the first rotating part. 1 1. The suction mouthpiece of the vacuum cleaner according to item 8 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the lower wrist portion and the upper wrist portion are respectively connected near the first rotation portion and are respectively bent and connected. 1 2 · The mouthpiece of the vacuum cleaner as described in item 8 of the scope of the patent application (please read the precautions on the back to write this page) Suspected to be printed in the paper printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Employee Consumer Cooperatives, and Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -76- 490299 A8B8C8D8 6. The scope of patent application, in which the lower wrist part and the upper wrist part are near the first rotating part, and are respectively bent and connected to the aforementioned The tube axis of the second rotating part of the lower wrist is orthogonal to the axis of the tube, and the tube axis of the connecting tube connected to the upper wrist is slightly parallel. (Please read the notes on the back first to write this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -77- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
TW89105863A 1997-05-30 1998-05-28 Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same TW490299B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP14137697A JP3868577B2 (en) 1997-05-30 1997-05-30 Electric vacuum cleaner
JP09199686A JP3135870B2 (en) 1997-07-25 1997-07-25 Suction body of vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same
JP9232128A JPH1156720A (en) 1997-08-28 1997-08-28 Vacuum cleaner

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW490299B true TW490299B (en) 2002-06-11

Family

ID=27318232

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW89105863A TW490299B (en) 1997-05-30 1998-05-28 Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same
TW89210564U TW428474U (en) 1997-05-30 1998-05-28 Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner naving the same
TW89105864A TW478929B (en) 1997-05-30 1998-05-28 Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner naving the same

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW89210564U TW428474U (en) 1997-05-30 1998-05-28 Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner naving the same
TW89105864A TW478929B (en) 1997-05-30 1998-05-28 Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner naving the same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR100271702B1 (en)
CN (2) CN100496371C (en)
TW (3) TW490299B (en)

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100479088B1 (en) * 2002-11-28 2005-03-28 엘지전자 주식회사 rinse supplier assembling structure of wash machine
US7203991B2 (en) * 2003-10-08 2007-04-17 The Hoover Company Portable cleaning machine
DE102004061971B4 (en) * 2004-12-23 2012-04-26 Wessel-Werk Gmbh Floor nozzle for vacuum cleaner
SE533482C2 (en) * 2009-02-20 2010-10-05 Electrolux Ab Nozzle
CN106264331A (en) * 2015-06-02 2017-01-04 江苏美的清洁电器股份有限公司 For the ground brush assemblies of vacuum cleaner and have the vacuum cleaner of this ground brush assemblies
GB2542198B (en) * 2015-09-14 2018-01-10 Dyson Technology Ltd Handle assembly for a vacuum cleaner
US10856713B2 (en) * 2015-10-22 2020-12-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Cleaner head for vacuum cleaner, and vacuum cleaner
US11045055B2 (en) * 2015-11-02 2021-06-29 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Cleaning tool and vacuum cleaner
WO2018158972A1 (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 シャープ株式会社 Electric vacuum cleaner
EP3675701B1 (en) * 2017-09-01 2022-10-05 SharkNinja Operating LLC Vacuum cleaner tool having a rotatable duct for moving between a use position and storage position on a vacuum cleaner
KR102589361B1 (en) * 2018-07-12 2023-10-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Nozzle for cleaner
CN109465248A (en) * 2018-11-08 2019-03-15 长兴盛纺织有限公司 A kind of textile waste collection device of chemical fabric
FR3088819B1 (en) * 2018-11-22 2021-01-08 Seb Sa Vacuum duct for stick vacuum cleaner equipped with an electric wire
CN109431375B (en) * 2018-12-25 2023-11-28 小狗电器互联网科技(北京)股份有限公司 Ultrathin floor brush and dust collector

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2224195A (en) * 1988-10-27 1990-05-02 James Arthur Forrest Vacuum cleaner nozzle
DK167423B1 (en) * 1990-12-20 1993-11-01 Joergen Sjoegreen UNIVERSAL Mouthpieces for Vacuum Cleaners
US5247720A (en) * 1992-01-10 1993-09-28 Royal Appliance Mfg. Co. Valving structure for air passageways of floor nozzle and auxiliary inlet of a vacuum cleaner
JPH05245073A (en) * 1992-03-09 1993-09-24 Hitachi Ltd Suction port for vacuum cleaner
DE4243244C2 (en) * 1992-12-19 1999-11-04 Miele & Cie Wheeled floor nozzle for vacuum cleaners
DE4420892A1 (en) * 1994-06-15 1995-12-21 Aeg Hausgeraete Gmbh Suction mouthpiece for vacuum cleaners
CA2174050C (en) * 1995-04-21 2001-07-17 Sadahiro Shimada Electric vacuum cleaner
SE9501810D0 (en) * 1995-05-16 1995-05-16 Electrolux Ab Scratch of elastic material

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN100496371C (en) 2009-06-10
CN1537502A (en) 2004-10-20
TW428474U (en) 2001-04-01
CN1212143A (en) 1999-03-31
KR100271702B1 (en) 2000-11-15
TW478929B (en) 2002-03-11
CN100377683C (en) 2008-04-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW490299B (en) Suction nozzle of a vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same
EP1994868B1 (en) Nozzle assembly for a vacuum cleaner
EP1087688B1 (en) A tool and tool holder assembly for a vacuum cleaner or other cleaning appliance
JP3868679B2 (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
CN203841610U (en) Vacuum cleaner
JP2007061128A (en) Attachment for cleaner and vacuum cleaner using the same
EP1282375A1 (en) Suction attachment comprising a rotatable foot and a displaceable brush
JP3868954B2 (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
JP2963413B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner and its suction body
JP3868953B2 (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
JP2963425B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner and its suction body
JP3026556B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner and its suction body
JP3149164B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner and suction body of vacuum cleaner
JP2963432B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner and its suction body
JP3063698B2 (en) Suction body of vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same
JPH10262879A (en) Vacuum cleaner
JP2991291B2 (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
JP3149160B2 (en) Suction body of vacuum cleaner and vacuum cleaner having the same
JPH10328099A (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
JP3054111U (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
JP2963433B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner and its suction body
JPH10328097A (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
TWI810343B (en) Suction appliances and electric vacuum cleaners
JP2991292B2 (en) Electric vacuum cleaner
JP6801244B2 (en) Vacuum cleaner

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees